Tk Source Code

Check-in [364771f9]
Login
Bounty program for improvements to Tcl and certain Tcl packages.
Tcl 2019 Conference, Houston/TX, US, Nov 4-8
Send your abstracts to tclconference@googlegroups.com
or submit via the online form by Sep 9.

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Overview
Comment:merge trunk
Downloads: Tarball | ZIP archive | SQL archive
Timelines: family | ancestors | descendants | both | tip-442
Files: files | file ages | folders
SHA1:364771f95bf433208c6eb62a49a4e369424b2a26
User & Date: fvogel 2017-03-06 18:24:38
Context
2017-03-06
18:30
Updated patch from René Zaumseil, now consistent with the proposed implementation at http://wiki.tcl.tk/20059 check-in: 77ec697d user: fvogel tags: tip-442
18:24
merge trunk check-in: 364771f9 user: fvogel tags: tip-442
2017-03-03
21:11
merge mark check-in: 08efcdf7 user: jima tags: trunk
2016-08-18
19:05
Implementation of TIP #442 by René Zaumseil - Display text in progressbars check-in: a4f16b1d user: fvogel tags: tip-442
Changes
Hide Diffs Unified Diffs Ignore Whitespace Patch

Added .fossil-settings/crlf-glob.









>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc
win/rules.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc



<
<

1
2
3


4
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc


win/rules.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/encoding-glob.

1
2
3
4
5
6
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc
win/mkd.bat
win/rmd.bat
win/rules.vc



<
<

1
2
3


4
win/buildall.vc.bat
win/makefile.bc
win/makefile.vc


win/rules.vc

Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.

2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20


21
*.dll
*.dylib
*.exe
*.exp
*.lib
*.o
*.obj

*.res
*.sl
*.so
*/Makefile
*/config.cache
*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tkConfig.sh
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros


unix/tk.pc







>












>
>

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
*.dll
*.dylib
*.exe
*.exp
*.lib
*.o
*.obj
*.pdb
*.res
*.sl
*.so
*/Makefile
*/config.cache
*/config.log
*/config.status
*/tkConfig.sh
*/wish*
*/tktest*
*/versions.vc
doc/man.macros
win/Debug_VC*
win/Release_VC*
unix/tk.pc

Changes to changes.

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the
ISO Latin-1 character set.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's
result across the execution of binding scripts.  Otherwise if an event
triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during
window creation, because there was an error in the creation command),
the intepreter's result gets lost.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command
that could cause them to get lost in some situations.

2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by
tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang:  force the user
to select one of the dialog's buttons.







|







1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the
ISO Latin-1 character set.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's
result across the execution of binding scripts.  Otherwise if an event
triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during
window creation, because there was an error in the creation command),
the interpreter's result gets lost.

2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command
that could cause them to get lost in some situations.

2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by
tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang:  force the user
to select one of the dialog's buttons.

Changes to doc/menu.n.

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
a bitmap, or an image, controlled by the \fB\-label\fR,
\fB\-bitmap\fR, and \fB\-image\fR options for the entry.
If the  \fB\-accelerator\fR option is specified for an entry then a second
textual field is displayed to the right of the label.  The accelerator
typically describes a keystroke sequence that may be used in the
application to cause the same result as invoking the menu entry.
This is a display option, it does not actually set the corresponding
binding (which can be achieved using the \fBbind\fR command). 
The third field is an \fIindicator\fR.  The indicator is present only for
checkbutton or radiobutton entries.  It indicates whether the entry
is selected or not, and is displayed to the left of the entry's
string.
.PP
In normal use, an entry becomes active (displays itself differently)
whenever the mouse pointer is over the entry.  If a mouse







|







97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
a bitmap, or an image, controlled by the \fB\-label\fR,
\fB\-bitmap\fR, and \fB\-image\fR options for the entry.
If the  \fB\-accelerator\fR option is specified for an entry then a second
textual field is displayed to the right of the label.  The accelerator
typically describes a keystroke sequence that may be used in the
application to cause the same result as invoking the menu entry.
This is a display option, it does not actually set the corresponding
binding (which can be achieved using the \fBbind\fR command).
The third field is an \fIindicator\fR.  The indicator is present only for
checkbutton or radiobutton entries.  It indicates whether the entry
is selected or not, and is displayed to the left of the entry's
string.
.PP
In normal use, an entry becomes active (displays itself differently)
whenever the mouse pointer is over the entry.  If a mouse

Changes to doc/spinbox.n.

215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230




231
232
233
234
235
236
237
     \fI%W config \-validate %v\fR
.CE
in the \fB\-validatecommand\fR or \fB\-invalidcommand\fR (whichever one you
were editing the spinbox widget from).  It is also recommended to not set an
associated \fB\-textvariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR.
.PP
Also, the \fBvalidate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the
spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fBfrom\fR or \fBto\fR
and the \fBvalidateCommand\fR returns false. For instance
.CS
     \fIspinbox pathName \-from 1 \-to 10 \-validate all \-vcmd {return 0}\fR
.CE
will in fact set the \fBvalidate\fR option to \fBnone\fR because the default
value for the spinbox gets changed (due to the \fBfrom\fR and \fBto\fR
options) to a value not accepted by the validation script.




.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR.  This command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?







|
|
|



|
|

>
>
>
>







215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
     \fI%W config \-validate %v\fR
.CE
in the \fB\-validatecommand\fR or \fB\-invalidcommand\fR (whichever one you
were editing the spinbox widget from).  It is also recommended to not set an
associated \fB\-textvariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fB\-textvariable\fR.
.PP
Also, the \fB-validate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the
spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fB-from\fR or \fB-to\fR
and the \fB-validatecommand\fR returns false. For instance
.CS
     \fIspinbox pathName \-from 1 \-to 10 \-validate all \-vcmd {return 0}\fR
.CE
will in fact set the \fB-validate\fR option to \fBnone\fR because the default
value for the spinbox gets changed (due to the \fB-from\fR and \fB-to\fR
options) to a value not accepted by the validation script.
.PP
Moreover, forced validation is performed when invoking any spinbutton of
the spinbox. If the validation script returns false in this situation,
then the \fB-validate\fR option will be automatically set to \fBnone\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR.  This command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget.  It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?

Changes to doc/text.n.

605
606
607
608
609
610
611


612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
....
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310

1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324

1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
specified by the \fB\-foreground\fR tag option is used.
.TP
\fB\-wrap \fImode\fR
.
\fIMode\fR specifies how to handle lines that are wider than the text's


window. It has the same legal values as the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text
widget: \fBnone\fR, \fBchar\fR, or \fBword\fR. If this tag option is
specified, it overrides the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text widget.
.PP
If a character has several tags associated with it, and if their display
options conflict, then the options of the highest priority tag are used. If a
particular display option has not been specified for a particular tag, or if
it is specified as an empty string, then that option will never be used; the
next-highest-priority tag's option will used instead. If no tag specifies a
particular display option, then the default style for the widget will be used.
................................................................................
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when the redo stack is

empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An edit

action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded on
the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and







>
>
|
|
|







 







|
>
|












|
>
|
|







605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
....
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR has not
been specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then the color
specified by the \fB\-foreground\fR tag option is used.
.TP
\fB\-wrap \fImode\fR
.
\fIMode\fR specifies how to handle lines that are wider than the text's
window. This option only applies to a display line if it applies to the
first non-elided character on that display line. It has the same legal
values as the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text widget: \fBnone\fR,
\fBchar\fR, or \fBword\fR. If this tag option is specified, it
overrides the \fB\-wrap\fR option for the text widget.
.PP
If a character has several tags associated with it, and if their display
options conflict, then the options of the highest priority tag are used. If a
particular display option has not been specified for a particular tag, or if
it is specified as an empty string, then that option will never be used; the
next-highest-priority tag's option will used instead. If no tag specifies a
particular display option, then the default style for the widget will be used.
................................................................................
The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the user can set or
clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is specified, sets the modified flag
of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
.
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits provided
no other edits were done since then, and returns a list of indices indicating
what ranges were changed by the redo operation. Generates an error when the
redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
.
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
.
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when the
\fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
.
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, and returns a
list of indices indicating what ranges were changed by the undo operation. An
edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are recorded
on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an error when the undo
stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fB\-displaychars\fR? ?\fB\-\-\fR? \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
.
Return a range of characters from the text. The return value will be all the
characters in the text starting with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and

Changes to doc/ttk_vsapi.n.

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
.SH "STATE MAP"
.PP
The \fIstateMap\fR parameter is a list of ttk states and the
corresponding Visual Styles API state value.
This permits the element appearance to respond to changes in the
widget state such as becoming active or being pressed. The list should
be as described for the \fBttk::style map\fR command but note that the
last pair in the list should be the default state and is typically and
empty list and 1. Unfortunately all the Visual Styles parts have
different state values and these must be looked up either in the
Microsoft documentation or more likely in the header files. The
original header to use was \fItmschema.h\fR, but in more recent
versions of the Windows Development Kit this is \fIvssym32.h\fR.
.PP
If no \fIstateMap\fR parameter is given there is an implicit default







|







57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
.SH "STATE MAP"
.PP
The \fIstateMap\fR parameter is a list of ttk states and the
corresponding Visual Styles API state value.
This permits the element appearance to respond to changes in the
widget state such as becoming active or being pressed. The list should
be as described for the \fBttk::style map\fR command but note that the
last pair in the list should be the default state and is typically an
empty list and 1. Unfortunately all the Visual Styles parts have
different state values and these must be looked up either in the
Microsoft documentation or more likely in the header files. The
original header to use was \fItmschema.h\fR, but in more recent
versions of the Windows Development Kit this is \fIvssym32.h\fR.
.PP
If no \fIstateMap\fR parameter is given there is an implicit default

Changes to generic/tk.decls.

322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)







|







322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
}
declare 75 {
    void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
    void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 deprecated {
    void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
    GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
    void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,  int reqHeight)

Changes to generic/tk.h.

101
102
103
104
105
106
107




108
109
110
111
112
113
114
...
410
411
412
413
414
415
416

417

418
419
420
421
422
423
424
...
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751

752
753
754
755
756
757
758
...
810
811
812
813
814
815
816



817
818
819
820
821
822
823
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT




#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */
................................................................................
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)

#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)

#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */
 
/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

................................................................................
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)

#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
................................................................................
    char *dummy19;		/* privatePtr */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;
    int minReqWidth;
    int minReqHeight;
    char *dummy20;		/* geometryMaster */



} Tk_FakeWin;

/*
 * Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
 *
 * TK_MAPPED:			1 means window is currently mapped,
 *				0 means unmapped.







>
>
>
>







 







>
|
>







 







|


>







 







>
>
>







101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
...
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
...
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
...
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
#ifdef __STDC__
#   include <stddef.h>
#endif

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS	DLLEXPORT
#else
# ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#   define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
# endif
#endif

/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Decide whether or not to use input methods.
 */
................................................................................
 * (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
 */

#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK		(1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY		(1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY		(1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT	(1 << 3)
#if !defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) || defined(BUILD_tk)
#  define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED      (1 << 4)
#endif
#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT		0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */
 
/*
 * Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
 */

................................................................................
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)	(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
    (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
................................................................................
    char *dummy19;		/* privatePtr */
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;
    int minReqWidth;
    int minReqHeight;
    char *dummy20;		/* geometryMaster */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int dummy21;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} Tk_FakeWin;

/*
 * Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
 *
 * TK_MAPPED:			1 means window is currently mapped,
 *				0 means unmapped.

Changes to generic/tkBind.c.

1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261










1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
....
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
	}
    }
    if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) || (eventPtr->type == FocusOut)) {
	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
	    return;
	}
    }











    dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;

    /*
     * Add the new event to the ring of saved events for the binding table.
     * Two tricky points:
................................................................................
    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}
	dispPtr->warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(mainWin),
		event.general.xmotion.window);
	dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin;
	dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x;
	dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y;
    }

  done:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
....
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
	}
    }
    if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) || (eventPtr->type == FocusOut)) {
	if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
	    return;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Ignore event types which are not in flagArray and all zeroes there.
     * Most notably, NoExpose events can fill the ring buffer and disturb
     * (thus masking out) event sequences of interest.
     */

    if ((eventPtr->type >= TK_LASTEVENT) || !flagArray[eventPtr->type]) {
       return;
    }

    dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
    bindInfoPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;

    /*
     * Add the new event to the ring of saved events for the binding table.
     * Two tricky points:
................................................................................
    if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
	TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);

	if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
	    Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, dispPtr);
	    dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
	}
	dispPtr->warpWindow = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display,
		event.general.xmotion.window);
	dispPtr->warpMainwin = mainWin;
	dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xmotion.x;
	dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xmotion.y;
    }

  done:

Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.

1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138


1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
....
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342


1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
	    gcValues->fill_style = FillStippled;
	    mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
	}
    }
    if (mask && (dash->number != 0)) {
	gcValues->line_style = LineOnOffDash;
	gcValues->dash_offset = outline->offset;


	if (dash->number > 0) {
	    gcValues->dashes = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    gcValues->dashes = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	mask |= GCLineStyle|GCDashList|GCDashOffset;
    }
    return mask;
................................................................................
    if (color==NULL) {
	return 0;
    }

    if ((dash->number > 2) || (dash->number < -1) || (dash->number==2 &&
	    (dash->pattern.array[0] != dash->pattern.array[1])) ||
	    ((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {


    if (dash->number > 0) {
	    dashList = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    dashList = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset,
		&dashList , 1);
    }







>
>
|







 







>
>
|







1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
....
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
	    gcValues->fill_style = FillStippled;
	    mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
	}
    }
    if (mask && (dash->number != 0)) {
	gcValues->line_style = LineOnOffDash;
	gcValues->dash_offset = outline->offset;
	if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
	    gcValues->dashes = dash->pattern.pt[0];
	} else if (dash->number != 0) {
	    gcValues->dashes = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    gcValues->dashes = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	mask |= GCLineStyle|GCDashList|GCDashOffset;
    }
    return mask;
................................................................................
    if (color==NULL) {
	return 0;
    }

    if ((dash->number > 2) || (dash->number < -1) || (dash->number==2 &&
	    (dash->pattern.array[0] != dash->pattern.array[1])) ||
	    ((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {
	if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
	    dashList = dash->pattern.pt[0];
	} else if (dash->number != 0) {
	    dashList = dash->pattern.array[0];
	} else {
	    dashList = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
	}
	XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset,
		&dashList , 1);
    }

Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.

2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;
    int length;

    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
    if ((length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);







<




|
|
|







2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070

2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
				 * application associated with interp. On
				 * output, filled with window specified as
				 * option to "-displayof" argument, or
				 * unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
				 * present. */
{
    const char *string;


    if (objc < 1) {
	return 0;
    }
    string = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
    if ((objv[0]->length >= 2) &&
	    (strncmp(string, "-displayof", objv[0]->length) == 0)) {
        if (objc < 2) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
		    "value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "NO_VALUE", "DISPLAYOF", NULL);
	    return -1;
	}
	*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);

Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.

87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
...
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
...
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
....
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
....
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
....
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108

/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    int refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    int numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

................................................................................
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
................................................................................

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    tablePtr->refCount--;
    if (tablePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }

................................................................................
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    int count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
................................................................................
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    int count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {
................................................................................

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;







|











|







 







|







 







|

|
<







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|

|







87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
...
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
...
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
...
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
....
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
....
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
....
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107

/*
 * One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
 * passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
 */

typedef struct OptionTable {
    size_t refCount;		/* Counts the number of uses of this table
				 * (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
				 * has returned it). This can be greater than
				 * 1 if it is shared along several option
				 * table chains, or if the same table is used
				 * for multiple purposes. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
				 * used to delete the entry. */
    struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
				 * templates, this points to the table
				 * corresponding to the next template in the
				 * chain. */
    size_t numOptions;		/* The number of items in the options array
				 * below. */
    Option options[1];		/* Information about the individual options in
				 * the table. This must be the last field in
				 * the structure: the actual size of the array
				 * will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;

................................................................................
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
    int newEntry;
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t numOptions, i;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    /*
     * We use an TSD in the thread to keep a hash table of
     * all the option tables we've created for this application. This is
     * used for allowing us to share the tables (e.g. in several chains).
................................................................................

void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable)	/* The option table to delete. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;

    if (tablePtr->refCount-- > 1) {

	return;
    }

    if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
	Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
    }

................................................................................
    const char *name,		/* String balue to be looked up in the option
				 * table. */
    OptionTable *tablePtr)	/* Table in which to look up name. */
{
    Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr2;
    const char *p1, *p2;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
     * match. Some tricky aspects:
     *
     * 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
     * 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
................................................................................
				 * for options. */
    Tk_OptionTable optionTable,	/* Describes legal options. */
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
				 * for freeing some options. */
{
    OptionTable *tablePtr;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;
    Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
    char *oldInternalPtr;
    const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;

    for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
	    tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
	for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
				 * compute correct default value for some
				 * options. */
{
    Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
    OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
    Option *optionPtr;
    size_t count;

    /*
     * If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
     * handle that one spec specially.
     */

    if (namePtr != NULL) {
................................................................................

    for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->hashTable, &search);
	    hashEntryPtr != NULL;
	    hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
	if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
	    for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
			Tcl_NewWideIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
		Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
	    }
	    break;
	}
    }
    return objPtr;

Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.

20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
...
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
...
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
...
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
...
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
...
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    int refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
................................................................................
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
................................................................................
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

................................................................................
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
................................................................................
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|












20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
...
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
...
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
...
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
...
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
...
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
...
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
 * console.  A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
 * by commands and by channels.
 */

typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
    Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp;	/* Interpreter displaying the console. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter controlled by console. */
    size_t refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;

/*
 * Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
 * its instance data.  It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
 * with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
 * the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
................................................................................
    ConsoleInfo *info;
    Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
        return;
    }

    consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int));
    if (*consoleInitPtr) {
	/*
	 * We've already initialized console channels in this thread.
................................................................................
    Tcl_Release(consoleInterp);
    if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
	Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
	mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
	if (mainWindow) {
	    Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
		    ConsoleEventProc, info);
	    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
		ckfree(info);
	    }
	}
	goto error;
    }
    return TCL_OK;

................................................................................
    ClientData instanceData,	/* Unused. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Unused. */
{
    ChannelData *data = instanceData;
    ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;

    if (info) {
	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    /*
	     * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL.
	     */

	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
................................................................................
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
	Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp);
	info->consoleInterp = NULL;
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData)
{
    ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;

    if (info->consoleInterp) {
	Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
    }
    if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(info);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	ConsoleInfo *info = clientData;
	Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;

	if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
	    Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
	}

	if (info->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(info);
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.

13
14
15
16
17
18
19






20
21
22
23
24
25
26
...
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif







/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,







>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
...
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
#define _TKDECLS

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif

#if defined(TK_NO_DEPRECATED) && defined(BUILD_tk)
# define TK_DEPRECATED MODULE_SCOPE
#else
# define TK_DEPRECATED EXTERN
#endif

/*
 * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
 * script.  Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
 * in the generic/tk.decls script.
 */

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
				char *widgRec, Display *display,
				int needFlags);
/* 75 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
/* 76 */
EXTERN void		Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
/* 77 */
TK_DEPRECATED void	Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC		Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
/* 79 */
EXTERN void		Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
				int reqHeight);
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder	Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,

Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.

1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948

1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
....
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
....
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
....
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
....
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536

    /*
     * If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of the
     * entry, recompute the displayString.
     */

    if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) {
	Tcl_UniChar ch;
	char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
	int size;

	/*
	 * Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it in
	 * the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed
	 * characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in the
	 * resulting string.
	 */

	Tcl_UtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch);
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);

	entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size;
	p = ckalloc(entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1);
	entryPtr->displayString = p;

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, p);

	}
	*p = '\0';
    }

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
................................................................................
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Dynamic string in which to append new
				 * command. */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
				 * list element. */
    int number, length;
    register const char *string;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (1) {
	if (*before == '\0') {
	    break;
	}
	/*
................................................................................

	/*
	 * There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
	 */

	before++; /* skip over % */
	if (*before != '\0') {
	    before += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(before, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}
	if (type == VALIDATE_BUTTON) {
	    /*
	     * -command %-substitution
	     */
................................................................................
	    case 'd':		/* direction, up or down */
		string = change;
		break;
	    case 'W':		/* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * -validatecommand / -invalidcommand %-substitution
................................................................................
		    break;
		}
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags);







|
|









|
|






|
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
....
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
....
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
....
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
....
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537

    /*
     * If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of the
     * entry, recompute the displayString.
     */

    if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) {
	int ch;
	char buf[6];
	int size;

	/*
	 * Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it in
	 * the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed
	 * characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in the
	 * resulting string.
	 */

	TkUtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch);
	size = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, buf);

	entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size;
	p = ckalloc(entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1);
	entryPtr->displayString = p;

	for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
	    memcpy(p, buf, size);
	    p += size;
	}
	*p = '\0';
    }

    Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
    entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
	    entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
................................................................................
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Dynamic string in which to append new
				 * command. */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;	/* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
				 * list element. */
    int number, length;
    register const char *string;
    int ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (1) {
	if (*before == '\0') {
	    break;
	}
	/*
................................................................................

	/*
	 * There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
	 */

	before++; /* skip over % */
	if (*before != '\0') {
	    before += TkUtfToUniChar(before, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}
	if (type == VALIDATE_BUTTON) {
	    /*
	     * -command %-substitution
	     */
................................................................................
	    case 'd':		/* direction, up or down */
		string = change;
		break;
	    case 'W':		/* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	} else {
	    /*
	     * -validatecommand / -invalidcommand %-substitution
................................................................................
		    break;
		}
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	    }
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags);

Changes to generic/tkEvent.c.

352
353
354
355
356
357
358

359
360
361
362
363
364
365
....
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290








1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297


1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
    }


    if (winPtr->inputContext == NULL) {
	/* XCreateIC failed. */
	return;
    }


    /*
     * Adjust the window's event mask if the IM requires it.
     */
    XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
    if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
	winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;
................................................................................
     * Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
     * (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
     * set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
     * ever active for X11.
     */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS








    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
	if (!(winPtr->flags & (TK_CHECKED_IC|TK_ALREADY_DEAD))) {
	    winPtr->flags |= TK_CHECKED_IC;
	    if (winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) {
		CreateXIC(winPtr);
	    }
	}


	if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn && winPtr->inputContext != NULL) {
	    XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
	}
    }
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/

    /*
     * For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time







>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







>
>
|







352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
....
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
    }


    if (winPtr->inputContext == NULL) {
	/* XCreateIC failed. */
	return;
    }
    winPtr->ximGeneration = dispPtr->ximGeneration;

    /*
     * Adjust the window's event mask if the IM requires it.
     */
    XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
    if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
	winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;
................................................................................
     * Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
     * (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
     * set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
     * ever active for X11.
     */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    /*
     * If the XIC has been invalidated, it must be recreated.
     */
    if (winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration != winPtr->ximGeneration) {
	winPtr->flags &= ~TK_CHECKED_IC;
	winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
    }

    if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
	if (!(winPtr->flags & (TK_CHECKED_IC|TK_ALREADY_DEAD))) {
	    winPtr->flags |= TK_CHECKED_IC;
	    if (winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) {
		CreateXIC(winPtr);
	    }
	}
	if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) &&
		(winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) &&
		(winPtr->inputContext != NULL)) {
	    XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
	}
    }
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/

    /*
     * For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time

Changes to generic/tkFont.c.

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565



566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
....
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
....
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
....
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
....
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
....
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
....
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300



3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
....
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320

3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    int refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
................................................................................
	}

	/*
	 * The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
	 */

	if (charPtr != NULL) {
	    if (Tcl_GetCharLength(charPtr) != 1) {



		resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
		Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, Tcl_GetString(charPtr),
			-1, 40, "...");
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }
	    uniChar = Tcl_GetUniChar(charPtr, 0);
	}

	/*
	 * Find the font.
	 */

	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
................................................................................
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	nfPtr->refCount--;
	if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
................................................................................
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0) {
	family = "AvantGarde";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfChancery") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfChancery";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfDingbats") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfDingbats";
    } else {
	Tcl_UniChar ch;

	/*
	 * Inline, capitalize the first letter of each word, lowercase the
	 * rest of the letters in each word, and then take out the spaces
	 * between the words. This may make the DString shorter, which is safe
	 * to do.
	 */
................................................................................
	src = dest = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    if (upper) {
		ch = (Tcl_UniChar) Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		upper = 0;
	    } else {
		ch = (Tcl_UniChar) Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
	    }
	    dest += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }
    if (family != Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);
................................................................................
    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
    LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
    Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int i, j, len;
    const char *p, *glyphname;
    char uindex[5], c, *ps;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
    for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
	if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, ")]\n[(", -1);
	    baseline = chunkPtr->y;
	}
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * INTL: We only handle symbols that have an encoding as a glyph
	     * from the standard set defined by Adobe. The rest get punted.
	     * Eventually this should be revised to handle more sophsticiated
	     * international postscript fonts.
	     */

	    p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    if ((ch == '(') || (ch == ')') || (ch == '\\') || (ch < 0x20)) {
		/*
		 * Tricky point: the "03" is necessary in the sprintf below,
		 * so that a full three digits of octal are always generated.
		 * Without the "03", a number following this sequence could be
		 * interpreted by Postscript as part of this sequence.
		 */
................................................................................
	    }

	    /*
	     * This character doesn't belong to the ASCII character set, so we
	     * use the full glyph name.
	     */




	    sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch);		/* endianness? */
	    glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
	    if (glyphname) {
		ps = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
		if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
		    /*
		     * In-place edit. Ewww!
................................................................................
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, glyphname, -1);
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "(", -1);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * No known mapping for the character into the space of
		 * PostScript glyphs. Ignore it. :-(
		 */


#ifdef TK_DEBUG_POSTSCRIPT_OUTPUT
		fprintf(stderr, "Warning: no mapping to PostScript "
			"glyphs for \\u%04x\n", ch);
#endif
	    }
	}







|







 







|
>
>
>


|






<







 







<
|







 







|







 







|

|


|

|







 







|







 







|







 







>
>
>







 







>







37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577

578
579
580
581
582
583
584
....
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436

1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
....
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
....
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
....
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
....
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
....
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
....
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
/*
 * The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
 * for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
 * when the last reference to it goes away.
 */

typedef struct NamedFont {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of users of named font. */
    int deletePending;		/* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
				 * last reference goes away. */
    TkFontAttributes fa;	/* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;

/*
 * The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
................................................................................
	}

	/*
	 * The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
	 */

	if (charPtr != NULL) {
	    const char *string = Tcl_GetString(charPtr);
	    int len = TkUtfToUniChar(string, &uniChar);

	    if (len != charPtr->length) {
		resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
			"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
		Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, string,
			-1, 40, "...");
		Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
		Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "FONT_SAMPLE", NULL);
		return TCL_ERROR;
	    }

	}

	/*
	 * Find the font.
	 */

	tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
................................................................................
    if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
	/*
	 * This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
	 * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
	 */

	nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);

	if ((nfPtr->refCount-- <= 1) && nfPtr->deletePending) {
	    Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
	    ckfree(nfPtr);
	}
    }

    prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
    if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
................................................................................
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0) {
	family = "AvantGarde";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfChancery") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfChancery";
    } else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfDingbats") == 0) {
	family = "ZapfDingbats";
    } else {
	int ch;

	/*
	 * Inline, capitalize the first letter of each word, lowercase the
	 * rest of the letters in each word, and then take out the spaces
	 * between the words. This may make the DString shorter, which is safe
	 * to do.
	 */
................................................................................
	src = dest = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
	upper = 1;
	for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
	    while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
		src++;
		upper = 1;
	    }
	    src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	    if (upper) {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
		upper = 0;
	    } else {
		ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
	    }
	    dest += TkUniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
	}
	*dest = '\0';
	Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
	family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
    }
    if (family != Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len) {
	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);
................................................................................
    TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
    LayoutChunk *chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
    int baseline = chunkPtr->y;
    Tcl_Obj *psObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    int i, j, len;
    const char *p, *glyphname;
    char uindex[5], c, *ps;
    int ch;

    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "[(", -1);
    for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++, chunkPtr++) {
	if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
	    Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, ")]\n[(", -1);
	    baseline = chunkPtr->y;
	}
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * INTL: We only handle symbols that have an encoding as a glyph
	     * from the standard set defined by Adobe. The rest get punted.
	     * Eventually this should be revised to handle more sophsticiated
	     * international postscript fonts.
	     */

	    p += TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    if ((ch == '(') || (ch == ')') || (ch == '\\') || (ch < 0x20)) {
		/*
		 * Tricky point: the "03" is necessary in the sprintf below,
		 * so that a full three digits of octal are always generated.
		 * Without the "03", a number following this sequence could be
		 * interpreted by Postscript as part of this sequence.
		 */
................................................................................
	    }

	    /*
	     * This character doesn't belong to the ASCII character set, so we
	     * use the full glyph name.
	     */

	    if (ch > 0xffff) {
		goto noMapping;
	    }
	    sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch);		/* endianness? */
	    glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "::tk::psglyphs", uindex, 0);
	    if (glyphname) {
		ps = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(psObj, &len);
		if (ps[len-1] == '(') {
		    /*
		     * In-place edit. Ewww!
................................................................................
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, glyphname, -1);
		Tcl_AppendToObj(psObj, "(", -1);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * No known mapping for the character into the space of
		 * PostScript glyphs. Ignore it. :-(
		 */
noMapping:	;

#ifdef TK_DEBUG_POSTSCRIPT_OUTPUT
		fprintf(stderr, "Warning: no mapping to PostScript "
			"glyphs for \\u%04x\n", ch);
#endif
	    }
	}

Changes to generic/tkGC.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
...
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */
................................................................................
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    gcPtr->refCount--;
    if (gcPtr->refCount == 0) {
	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}
 







|







 







|
<







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
...
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315

316
317
318
319
320
321
322
 * values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
 * identifier.
 */

typedef struct {
    GC gc;			/* Graphics context. */
    Display *display;		/* Display to which gc belongs. */
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of active uses of gc. */
    Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
				 * this structure). */
} TkGC;

typedef struct {
    XGCValues values;		/* Desired values for GC. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for which GC is valid. */
................................................................................
    }

    idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
    if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
    }
    gcPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
    if (gcPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
	ckfree(gcPtr);
    }
}
 

Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.

3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316



3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
	parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
    	if (masterPtr == NULL) {
	    masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
    	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL && slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {



	    Unlink(slavePtr);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
	    Gridder *tempPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;








>
>
>







3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
	parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
    	if (masterPtr == NULL) {
	    masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
	    InitMasterData(masterPtr);
    	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL && slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {
            if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
                Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
            }
	    Unlink(slavePtr);
	    slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
	}

	if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
	    Gridder *tempPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;

Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.

45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962

/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    int refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;

    instancePtr->refCount--;
    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */







|







 







|
<







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954

955
956
957
958
959
960
961

/*
 * The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
 * that lie within a particular window:
 */

typedef struct BitmapInstance {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances that share this data
				 * structure. */
    BitmapMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Tk_Window tkwin;		/* Window in which the instances will be
				 * displayed. */
    XColor *fg;			/* Foreground color for displaying image. */
    XColor *bg;			/* Background color for displaying image. */
    Pixmap bitmap;		/* The bitmap to display. */
................................................................................
    ClientData clientData,	/* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used image. */
{
    BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    BitmapInstance *prevPtr;

    if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {

	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
     * instance structure.
     */

Changes to generic/tkImgPNG.c.

2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
	register unsigned char *p = pngPtr->block.pixelPtr;
	unsigned char *endPtr = p + pngPtr->blockLen;
	int offset = pngPtr->block.offset[3];

	p += offset;

	if (16 == pngPtr->bitDepth) {
	    register int channel;

	    while (p < endPtr) {
		channel = (unsigned char)
			(((p[0] << 8) | p[1]) * pngPtr->alpha);

		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel >> 8);
		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel & 0xff);

		p += offset;
	    }







|


|







2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
	register unsigned char *p = pngPtr->block.pixelPtr;
	unsigned char *endPtr = p + pngPtr->blockLen;
	int offset = pngPtr->block.offset[3];

	p += offset;

	if (16 == pngPtr->bitDepth) {
	    register unsigned int channel;

	    while (p < endPtr) {
		channel = (unsigned int)
			(((p[0] << 8) | p[1]) * pngPtr->alpha);

		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel >> 8);
		*p++ = (unsigned char) (channel & 0xff);

		p += offset;
	    }

Changes to generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.

717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used
				 * image. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    ColorTable *colorPtr;

    instancePtr->refCount -= 1;
    if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Decrement the
     * count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
     * reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance







<
|







717
718
719
720
721
722
723

724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
				 * instance to be displayed. */
    Display *display)		/* Display containing window that used
				 * image. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData;
    ColorTable *colorPtr;


    if (instancePtr->refCount-- > 1) {
	return;
    }

    /*
     * There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Decrement the
     * count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
     * reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

405
406
407
408
409
410
411

412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
...
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449

450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
...
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499

500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
....
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491

1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504

1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
....
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
....
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537

1538



1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
....
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767

1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776

1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
....
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854

1855
1856
1857

1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
....
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
    int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;
    Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;

    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, length, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
................................................................................
    case PHOTO_CGET: {
	const char *arg;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);

	if (strncmp(arg,"-data", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
	    }
	} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->format) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
		    (char *) masterPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
	}
................................................................................
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
	    return TCL_OK;

	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    const char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);


	    if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", (unsigned) length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
			    masterPtr->dataString);
		} else {
		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", NULL);
		}
		return TCL_OK;
	    } else if (length > 1 &&
		    !strncmp(arg, "-format", (unsigned) length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-format {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->format) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
    static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
	"overlay", "set",	/* Note that these must match the
				 * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
	NULL
    };

    int index, c, bit, currentBit, length;
    int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
    const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
    const char *const *listPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *msgObj;

    for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
	/*
	 * We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
	 * optPtr->name.
	 */

	expandedOption = option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[index], &length);

	if (option[0] != '-') {
	    if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
		optPtr->name = objv[index];
		continue;
	    }
	    break;
	}
................................................................................
	 */

	c = option[0];
	bit = 0;
	currentBit = 1;
	for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
	    if ((c == *listPtr[0])
		    && (strncmp(option, *listPtr, (size_t) length) == 0)) {
		expandedOption = *listPtr;
		if (bit != 0) {
		    goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;
		}
		bit = currentBit;
	    }
	    currentBit <<= 1;
................................................................................

	/*
	 * If this option is not recognized and allowed, put an error message
	 * in the interpreter and return.
	 */

	if (!(allowedOptions & bit)) {

	    goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;



	}

	/*
	 * For the -from, -to, -zoom and -subsample options, parse the values
	 * given. Report an error if too few or too many values are given.
	 */

................................................................................
    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
    const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
    Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;

    int length, i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
    double oldGamma;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    const char **args;

    args = ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
	args[j] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);

	if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
	    if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-data", (size_t) length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    data = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-data\" missing", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    } else if ((args[j][1] == 'f') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-format", (size_t) length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    format = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-format\" missing", -1));
................................................................................
	masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
    }
    if (data) {
	/*
	 * Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
	 * use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
	 */


	(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(data, &length);
	if (length) {

	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
	} else {
	    data = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->dataString) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
	}
................................................................................
    }
    if (format) {
	/*
	 * Stringify to ignore -format "". It may come in as a list or other
	 * object.
	 */

	(void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(format, &length);
	if (length) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(format);
	} else {
	    format = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->format) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->format);
	}







>
|







 







|
>
|



|







 







|

>
|













|







 







>
|











|
>







 







|







 







>
|
>
>
>







 







>
|







|
>


|












|







 







>

|
<
>







 







|
|







405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
...
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
...
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
....
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
....
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
....
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
....
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
....
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868

1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
....
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
    int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
    struct SubcommandOptions options;
    Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
    unsigned char *pixelPtr;
    Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
    Tk_Window tkwin;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    size_t length;
    int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, oldformat = 0;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (objc < 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
................................................................................
    case PHOTO_CGET: {
	const char *arg;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
	length = objv[2]->length;
	if (strncmp(arg,"-data", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
	    }
	} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", length) == 0) {
	    if (masterPtr->format) {
		Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);
	    }
	} else {
	    Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
		    (char *) masterPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
	}
................................................................................
	    }
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
	    return TCL_OK;

	} else if (objc == 3) {
	    const char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);

	    length = objv[2]->length;
	    if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->dataString) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
			    masterPtr->dataString);
		} else {
		    Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", NULL);
		}
		return TCL_OK;
	    } else if (length > 1 &&
		    !strncmp(arg, "-format", length)) {
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-format {} {} {}", NULL);
		if (masterPtr->format) {
		    /*
		     * TODO: Modifying result is bad!
		     */

		    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
    static const char *const compositingRules[] = {
	"overlay", "set",	/* Note that these must match the
				 * TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_* constants. */
	NULL
    };
    size_t length;
    int index, c, bit, currentBit;
    int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
    const char *option, *expandedOption, *needed;
    const char *const *listPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *msgObj;

    for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
	/*
	 * We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
	 * optPtr->name.
	 */

	expandedOption = option = Tcl_GetString(objv[index]);
	length = objv[index]->length;
	if (option[0] != '-') {
	    if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
		optPtr->name = objv[index];
		continue;
	    }
	    break;
	}
................................................................................
	 */

	c = option[0];
	bit = 0;
	currentBit = 1;
	for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
	    if ((c == *listPtr[0])
		    && (strncmp(option, *listPtr, length) == 0)) {
		expandedOption = *listPtr;
		if (bit != 0) {
		    goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;
		}
		bit = currentBit;
	    }
	    currentBit <<= 1;
................................................................................

	/*
	 * If this option is not recognized and allowed, put an error message
	 * in the interpreter and return.
	 */

	if (!(allowedOptions & bit)) {
	    if (optPtr->name != NULL) {
		goto unknownOrAmbiguousOption;
	    }
	    optPtr->name = objv[index];
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * For the -from, -to, -zoom and -subsample options, parse the values
	 * given. Report an error if too few or too many values are given.
	 */

................................................................................
    int flags)			/* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
				 * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
    PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
    const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
    Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
    size_t length;
    int i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
    double oldGamma;
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
    const char **args;

    args = ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
	args[j] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
	length = objv[i]->length;
	if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
	    if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-data", length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    data = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-data\" missing", -1));
		    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "IMAGE", "PHOTO",
			    "MISSING_VALUE", NULL);
		    return TCL_ERROR;
		}
	    } else if ((args[j][1] == 'f') &&
		    !strncmp(args[j], "-format", length)) {
		if (++i < objc) {
		    format = objv[i];
		    j--;
		} else {
		    ckfree(args);
		    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
			    "value for \"-format\" missing", -1));
................................................................................
	masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
    }
    if (data) {
	/*
	 * Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
	 * use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
	 */
	int bytesize;

	(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(data, &bytesize);

	if (bytesize) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
	} else {
	    data = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->dataString) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
	}
................................................................................
    }
    if (format) {
	/*
	 * Stringify to ignore -format "". It may come in as a list or other
	 * object.
	 */

	(void) Tcl_GetString(format);
	if (format->length) {
	    Tcl_IncrRefCount(format);
	} else {
	    format = NULL;
	}
	if (masterPtr->format) {
	    Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->format);
	}

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.h.

197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */
    int refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */







|







197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
struct PhotoInstance {
    PhotoMaster *masterPtr;	/* Pointer to master for image. */
    Display *display;		/* Display for windows using this instance. */
    Colormap colormap;		/* The image may only be used in windows with
				 * this particular colormap. */
    PhotoInstance *nextPtr;	/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
				 * instances associated with this master. */
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of instances using this structure. */
    Tk_Uid palette;		/* Palette for these particular instances. */
    double gamma;		/* Gamma value for these instances. */
    Tk_Uid defaultPalette;	/* Default palette to use if a palette is not
				 * specified for the master. */
    ColorTable *colorTablePtr;	/* Pointer to information about colors
				 * allocated for image display in windows like
				 * this one. */

Changes to generic/tkInt.decls.

1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
















































1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
....
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
....
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
declare 106 win {
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}

# New in Tk 8.6
declare 107 win {
   int XFlush(Display *display)
}
declare 108 win {
   int XGrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 109 win {
   int XUngrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 110 win {
   int XFree(void *data)
}
declare 111 win {
   int XNoOp(Display *display)
}
declare 112 win {
   XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff)
}
declare 113 win {
   int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 114 win {
   VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
















































}

################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
................................................................................
	    XTextProperty *text_prop)
}
declare 79 aqua {
    Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
	    XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
}
declare 80 aqua {
    void XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    XSegment *segments, int nsegments)
}
declare 81 aqua {
    void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode)
}
declare 82 aqua {
    int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1,
................................................................................
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 84 aqua {
    void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 85 aqua {
    void XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 86 aqua {
    void XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points,
	    int npoints, int mode)
}
declare 87 aqua {
    int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w,
	    int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width,
	    unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y)
}







|


|


|


|


|


|


|


|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|


|







1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
....
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
....
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
declare 106 win {
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}

# New in Tk 8.6
declare 107 win {
    int XFlush(Display *display)
}
declare 108 win {
    int XGrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 109 win {
    int XUngrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 110 win {
    int XFree(void *data)
}
declare 111 win {
    int XNoOp(Display *display)
}
declare 112 win {
    XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff)
}
declare 113 win {
    int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 114 win {
    VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
}

# For tktreectrl
declare 120 win {
    int XOffsetRegion(Region rgn, int dx, int dy)
}
declare 121 win {
    int XUnionRegion(Region srca, Region srcb, Region dr_return)
}

# For 3dcanvas
declare 122 win {
    Window XCreateWindow(Display *display, Window parent, int x, int y,
	    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
	    unsigned int border_width, int depth, unsigned int clazz,
	    Visual *visual, unsigned long value_mask,
	    XSetWindowAttributes *attributes)
}

# Various, e.g. for stub-enabled BLT
declare 129 win {
    int XLowerWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 130 win {
    int XFillArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n)
}
declare 131 win {
    int XDrawArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n)
}
declare 132 win {
    int XDrawRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n)
}
declare 133 win {
    int XDrawSegments(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n)
}
declare 134 win {
    int XDrawPoint(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 135 win {
    int XDrawPoints(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m)
}
declare 136 win {
    int XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y)
}
declare 137 win {
    int XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
	    int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
	    unsigned int w, unsigned int h)
}

################################
# X functions for Aqua

declare 0 aqua {
    int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
................................................................................
	    XTextProperty *text_prop)
}
declare 79 aqua {
    Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
	    XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
}
declare 80 aqua {
    int XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    XSegment *segments, int nsegments)
}
declare 81 aqua {
    void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode)
}
declare 82 aqua {
    int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1,
................................................................................
    int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
	    int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 84 aqua {
    void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 85 aqua {
    int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 86 aqua {
    int XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points,
	    int npoints, int mode)
}
declare 87 aqua {
    int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w,
	    int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width,
	    unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y)
}

Changes to generic/tkInt.h.

474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
...
504
505
506
507
508
509
510



511
512
513
514
515
516
517
...
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
...
805
806
807
808
809
810
811



812
813
814
815
816
817
818
....
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233








1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    int refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */
................................................................................
    unsigned int flags;		/* Various flag values: these are all defined
				 * in below. */
    TkCaret caret;		/* Information about the caret for this
				 * display. This is not a pointer. */

    int iconDataSize;		/* Size of default iconphoto image data. */
    unsigned char *iconDataPtr;	/* Default iconphoto image data, if set. */



} TkDisplay;

/*
 * Flag values for TkDisplay flags.
 *  TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS:	(default on)
 *	Indicates that we should collapse motion events on this display
 *  TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM:			(default on, set via tk.tcl)
................................................................................
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    int refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
................................................................................
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;

    int minReqWidth;		/* Minimum requested width. */
    int minReqHeight;		/* Minimum requested height. */
    char *geometryMaster;



} TkWindow;

/*
 * Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
 * but have internally generated pieces added to them.
 */

................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
				Colormap map, const char* spec,
				XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif









/*
 * Unsupported commands.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,







|







 







>
>
>







 







|







 







>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
...
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
...
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
...
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
....
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    XIM inputMethod;		/* Input method for this display. */
    XIMStyle inputStyle;	/* Input style selected for this display. */
    XFontSet inputXfs;		/* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    Tcl_HashTable winTable;	/* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */

    size_t refCount;		/* Reference count of how many Tk applications
				 * are using this display. Used to clean up
				 * the display when we no longer have any Tk
				 * applications using it. */

    /*
     * The following field were all added for Tk8.3
     */
................................................................................
    unsigned int flags;		/* Various flag values: these are all defined
				 * in below. */
    TkCaret caret;		/* Information about the caret for this
				 * display. This is not a pointer. */

    int iconDataSize;		/* Size of default iconphoto image data. */
    unsigned char *iconDataPtr;	/* Default iconphoto image data, if set. */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int ximGeneration;          /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} TkDisplay;

/*
 * Flag values for TkDisplay flags.
 *  TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS:	(default on)
 *	Indicates that we should collapse motion events on this display
 *  TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM:			(default on, set via tk.tcl)
................................................................................
/*
 * Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
 * by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
 * all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
 */

typedef struct TkMainInfo {
    size_t refCount;		/* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
				 * point here. When this becomes zero, can
				 * free up the structure (the reference count
				 * is zero because windows can get deleted in
				 * almost any order; the main window isn't
				 * necessarily the last one deleted). */
    struct TkWindow *winPtr;	/* Pointer to main window. */
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter associated with application. */
................................................................................
    int internalBorderRight;
    int internalBorderTop;
    int internalBorderBottom;

    int minReqWidth;		/* Minimum requested width. */
    int minReqHeight;		/* Minimum requested height. */
    char *geometryMaster;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    int ximGeneration;          /* Used to invalidate XIC */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} TkWindow;

/*
 * Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
 * but have internally generated pieces added to them.
 */

................................................................................
MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display,
				Colormap map, const char* spec,
				XColor * colorPtr);
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
MODULE_SCOPE void	TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion);
#endif

#if TCL_UTF_MAX > 4
#   define TkUtfToUniChar Tcl_UtfToUniChar
#   define TkUniCharToUtf Tcl_UniCharToUtf
#else
    MODULE_SCOPE int TkUtfToUniChar(const char *, int *);
    MODULE_SCOPE int TkUniCharToUtf(int, char *);
#endif

/*
 * Unsupported commands.
 */

MODULE_SCOPE int	TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
			    Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,

Changes to generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25








26


27
28
29
30




31
32
33
34
35
36
37
...
352
353
354
355
356
357
358



















































359
360
361
362
363
364
365
...
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
...
738
739
740
741
742
743
744























745
746
747
748
749
750
751
...
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
....
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083



































1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif









#include "X11/Xutil.h"



#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT




#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
EXTERN int		XNoOp(Display *display);
/* 112 */
EXTERN XAfterFunction	XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff);
/* 113 */
EXTERN int		XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
/* 114 */
EXTERN VisualID		XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual);



















































#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
................................................................................
/* 78 */
EXTERN void		XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
				XTextProperty *text_prop);
/* 79 */
EXTERN Status		XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
				XTextProperty *text_prop_return);
/* 80 */
EXTERN void		XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XSegment *segments, int nsegments);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1,
				int y1, int x2, int y2);
/* 83 */
EXTERN int		XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y, unsigned int width,
				unsigned int height);
/* 84 */
EXTERN void		XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* 85 */
EXTERN void		XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y);
/* 86 */
EXTERN void		XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode);
/* 87 */
EXTERN int		XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w,
				Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y,
				unsigned int src_width,
				unsigned int src_height, int dest_x,
				int dest_y);
................................................................................
    int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
    int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
    int (*xFree) (void *data); /* 110 */
    int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */
    XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 113 */
    VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */























#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
................................................................................
    int (*xSetFunction) (Display *display, GC gc, int function); /* 73 */
    int (*xSetLineAttributes) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width, int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style); /* 74 */
    int (*_XInitImageFuncPtrs) (XImage *image); /* 75 */
    XIC (*xCreateIC) (void); /* 76 */
    XVisualInfo * (*xGetVisualInfo) (Display *display, long vinfo_mask, XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return); /* 77 */
    void (*xSetWMClientMachine) (Display *display, Window w, XTextProperty *text_prop); /* 78 */
    Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 79 */
    void (*xDrawSegments) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XSegment *segments, int nsegments); /* 80 */
    void (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */
    int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 82 */
    int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 83 */
    void (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */
    void (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
    void (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
    int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
    void (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
    void (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
    Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool flag); /* 91 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkIntXlibStubs;
................................................................................
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */
#define XSynchronize \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */
#define XSync \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 113 */
#define XVisualIDFromVisual \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */



































#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

>
>


|
|
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|













|


|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|




|
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
...
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
...
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
...
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
....
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
 * in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
 */

#ifndef _TCL
#   include <tcl.h>
#endif

#ifndef EXTERN
#   define EXTERN extern TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#endif

/* Some (older) versions of X11/Xutil.h have a wrong signature of those
   two functions, so move them out of the way temporarly. */
#define XOffsetRegion _XOffsetRegion
#define XUnionRegion _XUnionRegion
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#undef XOffsetRegion
#undef XUnionRegion

#ifdef BUILD_tk
#  undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#  define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#else
#  ifndef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#    define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#  endif
#endif

typedef int (*XAfterFunction) (	    /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
    Display*		/* display */
);

/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
................................................................................
EXTERN int		XNoOp(Display *display);
/* 112 */
EXTERN XAfterFunction	XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff);
/* 113 */
EXTERN int		XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
/* 114 */
EXTERN VisualID		XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual);
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* 120 */
EXTERN int		XOffsetRegion(Region rgn, int dx, int dy);
/* 121 */
EXTERN int		XUnionRegion(Region srca, Region srcb,
				Region dr_return);
/* 122 */
EXTERN Window		XCreateWindow(Display *display, Window parent, int x,
				int y, unsigned int width,
				unsigned int height,
				unsigned int border_width, int depth,
				unsigned int clazz, Visual *visual,
				unsigned long value_mask,
				XSetWindowAttributes *attributes);
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* 129 */
EXTERN int		XLowerWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* 130 */
EXTERN int		XFillArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a,
				int n);
/* 131 */
EXTERN int		XDrawArcs(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a,
				int n);
/* 132 */
EXTERN int		XDrawRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
				XRectangle *r, int n);
/* 133 */
EXTERN int		XDrawSegments(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
				XSegment *s, int n);
/* 134 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoint(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x,
				int y);
/* 135 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoints(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
				XPoint *p, int n, int m);
/* 136 */
EXTERN int		XReparentWindow(Display *d, Window w, Window p,
				int x, int y);
/* 137 */
EXTERN int		XPutImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im,
				int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy,
				unsigned int w, unsigned int h);
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
/* 0 */
EXTERN int		XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
				_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
................................................................................
/* 78 */
EXTERN void		XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
				XTextProperty *text_prop);
/* 79 */
EXTERN Status		XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
				XTextProperty *text_prop_return);
/* 80 */
EXTERN int		XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XSegment *segments, int nsegments);
/* 81 */
EXTERN void		XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode);
/* 82 */
EXTERN int		XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1,
				int y1, int x2, int y2);
/* 83 */
EXTERN int		XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y, unsigned int width,
				unsigned int height);
/* 84 */
EXTERN void		XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w);
/* 85 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				int x, int y);
/* 86 */
EXTERN int		XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
				XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode);
/* 87 */
EXTERN int		XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w,
				Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y,
				unsigned int src_width,
				unsigned int src_height, int dest_x,
				int dest_y);
................................................................................
    int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
    int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
    int (*xFree) (void *data); /* 110 */
    int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */
    XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 113 */
    VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */
    void (*reserved115)(void);
    void (*reserved116)(void);
    void (*reserved117)(void);
    void (*reserved118)(void);
    void (*reserved119)(void);
    int (*xOffsetRegion) (Region rgn, int dx, int dy); /* 120 */
    int (*xUnionRegion) (Region srca, Region srcb, Region dr_return); /* 121 */
    Window (*xCreateWindow) (Display *display, Window parent, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height, unsigned int border_width, int depth, unsigned int clazz, Visual *visual, unsigned long value_mask, XSetWindowAttributes *attributes); /* 122 */
    void (*reserved123)(void);
    void (*reserved124)(void);
    void (*reserved125)(void);
    void (*reserved126)(void);
    void (*reserved127)(void);
    void (*reserved128)(void);
    int (*xLowerWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 129 */
    int (*xFillArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 130 */
    int (*xDrawArcs) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XArc *a, int n); /* 131 */
    int (*xDrawRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XRectangle *r, int n); /* 132 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
    int (*xReparentWindow) (Display *d, Window w, Window p, int x, int y); /* 136 */
    int (*xPutImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XImage *im, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned int w, unsigned int h); /* 137 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
    XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
    XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
    XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
    char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
................................................................................
    int (*xSetFunction) (Display *display, GC gc, int function); /* 73 */
    int (*xSetLineAttributes) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width, int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style); /* 74 */
    int (*_XInitImageFuncPtrs) (XImage *image); /* 75 */
    XIC (*xCreateIC) (void); /* 76 */
    XVisualInfo * (*xGetVisualInfo) (Display *display, long vinfo_mask, XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return); /* 77 */
    void (*xSetWMClientMachine) (Display *display, Window w, XTextProperty *text_prop); /* 78 */
    Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 79 */
    int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XSegment *segments, int nsegments); /* 80 */
    void (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */
    int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 82 */
    int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 83 */
    void (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */
    int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
    int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
    int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
    void (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
    void (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
    Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
    int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool flag); /* 91 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkIntXlibStubs;
................................................................................
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */
#define XSynchronize \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */
#define XSync \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 113 */
#define XVisualIDFromVisual \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
#define XOffsetRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xOffsetRegion) /* 120 */
#define XUnionRegion \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUnionRegion) /* 121 */
#define XCreateWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateWindow) /* 122 */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
#define XLowerWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xLowerWindow) /* 129 */
#define XFillArcs \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillArcs) /* 130 */
#define XDrawArcs \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawArcs) /* 131 */
#define XDrawRectangles \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawRectangles) /* 132 */
#define XDrawSegments \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawSegments) /* 133 */
#define XDrawPoint \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#define XDrawPoints \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#define XReparentWindow \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xReparentWindow) /* 136 */
#define XPutImage \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutImage) /* 137 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#define XSetDashes \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#define XGetModifierMapping \
	(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#define XCreateImage \

Changes to generic/tkMain.c.

192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }








|







192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
    Tcl_Channel chan;
    InteractiveState is;

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
	    abort();
	} else {
	    Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetString(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)));
	}
    }

Changes to generic/tkObj.c.

149
150
151
152
153
154
155







156




157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {







	tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("double");




	tsdPtr->intTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("int");
    }
    return tsdPtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
>
>
>
>
|







149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache(void)
{
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));

    if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {
	/* Smart initialization of doubleTypePtr/intTypePtr without
	 * hash-table lookup or creating complete Tcl_Obj's */
	Tcl_Obj obj;
	obj.length = 3;
	obj.bytes = (char *)"0.0";
	obj.typePtr = NULL;
	Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.doubleValue);
	tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
	obj.bytes += 2;
	obj.length = 1;
	obj.typePtr = NULL;
	Tcl_GetLongFromObj(NULL, &obj, &obj.internalRep.longValue);
	tsdPtr->intTypePtr = obj.typePtr;
    }
    return tsdPtr;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkPack.c.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124

125
126

127
128
129
130
131
132
133
...
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201

202
203

204

205
206
207
208
209
210
211
...
215
216
217
218
219
220
221

222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

231
232
233
234
235

236
237
238
239
240
241
242
...
293
294
295
296
297
298
299

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
...
454
455
456
457
458
459
460

461
462
463
464
465
466
467
...
477
478
479
480
481
482
483

484
485
486
487
488
489
490
....
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089

1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
....
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309

1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);

static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);

static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
 
/*
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
	/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",

	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {

	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,

	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
................................................................................
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {

	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);

	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {

    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }

    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }

    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }

    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */


static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
................................................................................
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.







>


>







 







|

>


>

>







 







>









>





>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







 







>







118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
...
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
...
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
...
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
...
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
...
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
....
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
....
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
 */

static void		ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int		ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
			    int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void		DestroyPacker(void *memPtr);
static Packer *		GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int		PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
			    Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
static void		PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
			    XEvent *eventPtr);
static void		Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int		XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int		YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
 
/*
................................................................................
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
    const char *argv2;
    static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	"after", "append", "before", "unpack",
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
    enum options {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
    int index;

    if (objc >= 2) {
	const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);

	if (string[0] == '.') {
................................................................................
    if (objc < 3) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], optionStrings,
	    sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	/*
	 * Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
	 * message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
	 * deprecated and new options.
	 */

	Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
	Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4],
		sizeof(char *), "option", 0, &index);
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    switch ((enum options) index) {
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_AFTER: {
	Packer *prevPtr;
	Tk_Window tkwin2;

	if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
		    break;
		}
	    }
	}
	return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    case PACK_CONFIGURE:
	if (argv2[0] != '.') {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
		    "bad argument \"%s\": must be name of window", argv2));
	    Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "VALUE", "WINDOW_PATH", NULL);
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
................................................................................
		slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
	    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultObj,
		    TkNewWindowObj(slavePtr->tkwin));
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
	break;
    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    case PACK_UNPACK: {
	Tk_Window tkwin2;
	Packer *packPtr;

	if (objc != 3) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
			packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
	    }
	    Unlink(packPtr);
	    Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
	}
	break;
    }
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 * Side effects:
 *	The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
 *	in the future.
 *
 *------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
static int
PackAfter(
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Interpreter for error reporting. */
    Packer *prevPtr,		/* Pack windows in argv just after this
				 * window; NULL means pack as first child of
				 * masterPtr. */
    Packer *masterPtr,		/* Master in which to pack windows. */
................................................................................
    }
    if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
	masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
	Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Unlink --
 *
 *	Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.

Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.

1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
....
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
....
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
....
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
....
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
....
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091

    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */

................................................................................
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
................................................................................
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;
................................................................................

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {
................................................................................
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {







|


|







 







|







 







|







 







|








|


|








|


|







 







|







 







|







1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
....
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
....
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
....
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
....
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
....
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091

    /*
     * Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
     * coordinates).
     */

    if (horizontal) {
	sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    } else {
	sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin));
	sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
    }

    /*
     * Draw the sashes.
     */

................................................................................
    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);

    /*
     * First pass; compute sizes
     */

    paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
    internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
    x = y = internalBW;
    stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);

    /*
     * Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
................................................................................
    int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
    int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
    Slave *slavePtr;
    const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);

    pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;

    x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
    reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;

    /*
     * Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
     * below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
     * the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
     * blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

	if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}

        internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	    if (x < 0) {
		x = 0;
	    }
            pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (x > pwWidth) {
                x = pwWidth;
            }
            y = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	} else {
	    if (y < 0) {
		y = 0;
	    }
            pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
            if (y > pwHeight) {
                y = pwHeight;
            }
	    x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	    sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
		    (2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin));
	}

	if (sashWidth < 1) {
	    sashWidth = 1;
	}
	if (sashHeight < 1) {
	    sashHeight = 1;
................................................................................

    if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
	    sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
	    lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
	    rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
	    lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	    rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
	} else {
................................................................................
	    tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
	}
	if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
	    sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
	} else {
	    sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
	}
	sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderLeft(pwPtr->tkwin);
	lpad = rpad = 0;
    }

    GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
    isHandle = 0;
    found = -1;
    for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.

175
176
177
178
179
180
181

182
183
184
185

186
187
188
189
190
191
192
...
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

380

381
382
383

384
385
386
387
388
389
390

391
392
393
394
395
396
397
...
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
...
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

441
442

443
444
445
446
447
448
449
...
473
474
475
476
477
478
479

480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;

    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;

    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = None;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}

	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {

	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));

	} else {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
	}

	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
................................................................................
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {
	int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;

	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }

	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {

	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;

	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");
		Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
			" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }







>




>







 







>

>



>







>







 







<
<







 







>


>







 







>


<
<







175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
...
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
...
415
416
417
418
419
420
421


422
423
424
425
426
427
428
...
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
...
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488


489
490
491
492
493
494
495
    scrollPtr->inset = 0;
    scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
    scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
    scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
    scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
    scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
    scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
    scrollPtr->cursor = None;
    scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
    scrollPtr->flags = 0;

    if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
    case COMMAND_GET: {
	Tcl_Obj *resObjs[4];

	if (objc != 2) {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get");
	    goto error;
	}
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->firstFraction);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(scrollPtr->lastFraction);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, resObjs));
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	} else {
	    resObjs[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->totalUnits);
	    resObjs[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->windowUnits);
	    resObjs[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->firstUnit);
	    resObjs[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(scrollPtr->lastUnit);
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(4, resObjs));
	}
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
	int x, y;
	const char *zone = "";

	if (objc != 4) {
................................................................................
	case BOTTOM_GAP:	zone = "trough2"; break;
	case BOTTOM_ARROW:	zone = "arrow2";  break;
	}
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(zone, -1));
	break;
    }
    case COMMAND_SET: {


	if (objc == 4) {
	    double first, last;

	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
	    if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
	    } else if (last > 1.0) {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
	    }
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
	    scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
	} else if (objc == 6) {
	    int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
		goto error;
	    }
	    if (totalUnits < 0) {
		totalUnits = 0;
	    }
	    if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
	    } else {
		scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
		scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
	    }
	    scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
#endif /* !TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
	} else {
		Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set firstFraction lastFraction");


	    goto error;
	}
	TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
	TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
	break;
    }
    }

Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.h.

92
93
94
95
96
97
98

99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110



111
112
113
114
115
116
117
...
149
150
151
152
153
154
155

156

157
158
159
160
161
162
163
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
     */


    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */



    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */

................................................................................
 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of
 *				".t yview 40", for example.
 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1

#define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS	2

#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */








>












>
>
>







 







>

>







92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
...
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
     * command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
     * form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
     * form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
     * will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
     * the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
     */

#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
    int totalUnits;		/* Total dimension of application, in units.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
    int windowUnits;		/* Maximum number of units that can be
				 * displayed in the window at once. Valid only
				 * if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int firstUnit;		/* Number of last unit visible in
				 * application's window. Valid only if the
				 * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
    int lastUnit;		/* Index of last unit visible in window.
				 * Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
				 * isn't set. */
#else
    int dummy1,dummy2,dummy3,dummy4; /* sizeof(TkScrollbar) should not depend on TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
    double firstFraction;	/* Position of first visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */
    double lastFraction;	/* Position of last visible thing in window,
				 * specified as a fraction between 0 and
				 * 1.0. */

................................................................................
 *				".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of
 *				".t yview 40", for example.
 * GOT_FOCUS:			Non-zero means this window has the input
 *				focus.
 */

#define REDRAW_PENDING		1
#ifndef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS	2
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */
#define GOT_FOCUS		4

/*
 * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure
 * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec.
 */

Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*







|







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

typedef struct {
    Tcl_Interp *interp;		/* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
    int cmdLength;		/* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
    int charOffset;		/* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
    int byteOffset;		/* The expected byte offset of the next
				 * chunk. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks. */
    char command[1];		/* Command to invoke. Actual space is
				 * allocated as large as necessary. This must
				 * be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;

/*

Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.

36
37
38
39
40
41
42




43
44
45
46
47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
..
67
68
69
70
71
72
73



74
75
76
77
78
79
80
...
703
704
705
706
707
708
709























710
711
712
713
714
715
716
/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId





static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}

#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)


#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
................................................................................
{
    TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0



#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*
................................................................................
    XGrabServer, /* 108 */
    XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
    XFree, /* 110 */
    XNoOp, /* 111 */
    XSynchronize, /* 112 */
    XSync, /* 113 */
    XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */























#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */







>
>
>
>







>







 







>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
..
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
...
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
/*
 * Remove macro that might interfere with the definition below.
 */

#undef Tk_MainEx
#undef Tk_FreeXId


#ifdef TK_NO_DEPRECATED
#define Tk_FreeXId 0
#else
static void
doNothing(void)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
}

#define Tk_FreeXId ((void (*)(Display *, XID)) doNothing)
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32

int
TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
{
    /* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
................................................................................
{
    TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}

#   define TkUnixContainerId 0
#   define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
#   define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
#   define XCreateWindow 0
#   define XOffsetRegion 0
#   define XUnionRegion 0
#   define TkWmCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkSendCleanup (void (*)(TkDisplay *)) TkpSync
#   define TkpTestsendCmd 0

#else /* !_WIN32 */

/*
................................................................................
    XGrabServer, /* 108 */
    XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
    XFree, /* 110 */
    XNoOp, /* 111 */
    XSynchronize, /* 112 */
    XSync, /* 113 */
    XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */
    0, /* 115 */
    0, /* 116 */
    0, /* 117 */
    0, /* 118 */
    0, /* 119 */
    XOffsetRegion, /* 120 */
    XUnionRegion, /* 121 */
    XCreateWindow, /* 122 */
    0, /* 123 */
    0, /* 124 */
    0, /* 125 */
    0, /* 126 */
    0, /* 127 */
    0, /* 128 */
    XLowerWindow, /* 129 */
    XFillArcs, /* 130 */
    XDrawArcs, /* 131 */
    XDrawRectangles, /* 132 */
    XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
    XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
    XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
    XReparentWindow, /* 136 */
    XPutImage, /* 137 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
    XSetDashes, /* 0 */
    XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
    XCreateImage, /* 2 */
    XGetImage, /* 3 */
    XGetAtomName, /* 4 */

Changes to generic/tkTest.c.

223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
...
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
................................................................................
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the intepreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int







|







 







|







223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
...
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462

int
Tktest_Init(
    Tcl_Interp *interp)		/* Interpreter for application. */
{
    static int initialized = 0;

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
................................................................................
 *	This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
 *	all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
 *
 * Results:
 *	A standard Tcl result.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	All the interpreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
 *	deleted.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

	/* ARGSUSED */
static int

Changes to generic/tkText.c.

543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
....
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
....
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
....
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
....
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776



2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786




2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
....
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835


































2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
....
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852




2853
2854
2855
2856
2857




2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
....
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
....
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
....
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071


5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
....
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
















5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
....
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119


5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
....
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141

















5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
....
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
....
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
....
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
	sharedPtr->tree = TkBTreeCreate(sharedPtr);

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->markTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->windowTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	sharedPtr->undoStack = TkUndoInitStack(interp,0);
	sharedPtr->undo = 1;
	sharedPtr->isDirty = 0;
	sharedPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
	sharedPtr->autoSeparators = 1;
	sharedPtr->lastEditMode = TK_TEXT_EDIT_OTHER;
	sharedPtr->stateEpoch = 0;
    }

................................................................................
	break;
    case TEXT_YVIEW:
	result = TkTextYviewCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    }

  done:
    textPtr->refCount--;
    if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
     * Now we've cleaned up everything of relevance to us in the B-tree, so we
     * disassociate outselves from it.
     *
     * When the refCount reaches zero, it's time to clean up the shared
     * portion of the text widget.
     */

    sharedTextPtr->refCount--;

    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > 0) {
	TkBTreeRemoveClient(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);

	/*
	 * Free up any embedded windows which belong to this widget.
	 */

	for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->windowTable, &search);
................................................................................
	ckfree(textPtr->tabArrayPtr);
    }
    if (textPtr->insertBlinkHandler != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
    }

    textPtr->tkwin = NULL;
    textPtr->refCount--;
    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(textPtr->interp, textPtr->widgetCmd);
    if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd){
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
	textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
    }
    if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;




    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();





    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
................................................................................
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);



































    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
................................................................................
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);





    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);





    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr)		/* Description of the tab stops. See the text
				 * manual entry for details. */
{
    int objc, i, count;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;
    TkTextTab *tabPtr;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    double prevStop, lastStop;
    /*
     * Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values.
     */
    static const char *const tabOptionStrings[] = {
	"left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL
    };
................................................................................
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * There may be a more efficient way of getting this.
	 */

	Tcl_UtfToUniChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), &ch);
	if (!Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha(ch)) {
	    continue;
	}
	i += 1;

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
................................................................................
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;



    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
................................................................................

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

















    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --
................................................................................
    int code;

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
	*/

	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree((char *) textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
................................................................................

	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);

	    CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
	    do {
		Tcl_UniChar ch;
		const char *p;
		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
			    && (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
			/*
................................................................................
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine - 1;
			if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
			    break;
			}
		    } else {
			firstOffset = p - startOfLine +
				Tcl_UtfToUniChar(startOfLine+matchOffset,&ch);
		    }
		}
	    } while (searchSpecPtr->all);
	} else {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    int matches = 0;
	    int lastNonOverlap = -1;







|







 







|
<







 







|
<
<







 







<





|







 







>
>
>










>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>





>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
....
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573

1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
....
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966


1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
....
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041

2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
....
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
....
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
....
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
....
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
....
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
....
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
....
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
....
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
....
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
....
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
....
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
....
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
	sharedPtr->tree = TkBTreeCreate(sharedPtr);

	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->markTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->windowTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
	sharedPtr->undoStack = TkUndoInitStack(interp,0);
	sharedPtr->undo = 0;
	sharedPtr->isDirty = 0;
	sharedPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
	sharedPtr->autoSeparators = 1;
	sharedPtr->lastEditMode = TK_TEXT_EDIT_OTHER;
	sharedPtr->stateEpoch = 0;
    }

................................................................................
	break;
    case TEXT_YVIEW:
	result = TkTextYviewCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
	break;
    }

  done:
    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
    return result;
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
     * Now we've cleaned up everything of relevance to us in the B-tree, so we
     * disassociate outselves from it.
     *
     * When the refCount reaches zero, it's time to clean up the shared
     * portion of the text widget.
     */

    if (sharedTextPtr->refCount-- > 1) {


	TkBTreeRemoveClient(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);

	/*
	 * Free up any embedded windows which belong to this widget.
	 */

	for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->windowTable, &search);
................................................................................
	ckfree(textPtr->tabArrayPtr);
    }
    if (textPtr->insertBlinkHandler != NULL) {
	Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
    }

    textPtr->tkwin = NULL;

    Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(textPtr->interp, textPtr->widgetCmd);
    if (textPtr->afterSyncCmd){
	Tcl_DecrRefCount(textPtr->afterSyncCmd);
	textPtr->afterSyncCmd = NULL;
    }
    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
    const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
				/* Index describing first location. */
    const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
				/* Index describing second location. */
{
    TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
    int canUndo, canRedo;
    char lMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkL";
    char rMarkName[20] = "tk::undoMarkR";
    char stringUndoMarkId[7] = "";

    /*
     * Create the helpers.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
    Tcl_Obj *markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = NULL;

    /*
     * Get the index positions.
     */

    Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
    Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
................................................................................
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("set", 3));
    markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId++;
    sprintf(stringUndoMarkId, "%d", textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoMarkId);
    strcat(lMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    strcat(rMarkName, stringUndoMarkId);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, index1Obj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, index2Obj);

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("mark", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj("gravity", 7));
    markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj);
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(lMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
	    Tcl_NewStringObj(rMarkName, -1));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("left", 4));
    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj,
            Tcl_NewStringObj("right", 5));

    /*
     * Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
     * because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
     * have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
     * will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
     * bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
     * is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
................................................................................
     * underlying data shared by all peers.
     */

    iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    insertCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, iAtom);

    dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback, textPtr->sharedTextPtr,
	    deleteCmdObj, NULL);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSetRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityLUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);
    TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markGravityRUndoMarkCmdObj, dAtom);

    Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);

    canUndo = TkUndoCanUndo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
    canRedo = TkUndoCanRedo(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
................................................................................
    Tcl_Obj *stringPtr)		/* Description of the tab stops. See the text
				 * manual entry for details. */
{
    int objc, i, count;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;
    TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;
    TkTextTab *tabPtr;
    int ch;
    double prevStop, lastStop;
    /*
     * Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values.
     */
    static const char *const tabOptionStrings[] = {
	"left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL
    };
................................................................................
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * There may be a more efficient way of getting this.
	 */

	TkUtfToUniChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), &ch);
	if (!Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha(ch)) {
	    continue;
	}
	i += 1;

	if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
		sizeof(char *), "tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditUndo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
................................................................................
    status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoRevert() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditRedo --
................................................................................
 */

static int
TextEditRedo(
    TkText *textPtr)		/* Overall information about text widget. */
{
    int status;
    Tcl_Obj *cmdObj;
    int code;

    if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }

    /*
     * Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
................................................................................

    status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);

    if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
	textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
    }
    textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;

    /*
     * Convert undo/redo temporary marks set by TkUndoApply() into
     * indices left in the interp result.
     */

    cmdObj = Tcl_ObjPrintf("::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks %s",
            Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin));
    Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, cmdObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
    if (code != TCL_OK) {
        Tcl_AddErrorInfo(textPtr->interp,
                "\n    (on undoing)");
        Tcl_BackgroundException(textPtr->interp, code);
    }
    Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);

    return status;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TextEditCmd --
................................................................................
    int code;

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	/*
	* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
	*/

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree((char *) textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) textPtr->interp);
    code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(textPtr->interp, textPtr->afterSyncCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
................................................................................

	if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);

	    CLANG_ASSERT(pattern);
	    do {
		int ch;
		const char *p;
		int lastFullLine = lastOffset;

		if (firstNewLine == -1) {
		    if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
			    && (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
			/*
................................................................................
		    if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
			alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine - 1;
			if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
			    break;
			}
		    } else {
			firstOffset = p - startOfLine +
				TkUtfToUniChar(startOfLine+matchOffset,&ch);
		    }
		}
	    } while (searchSpecPtr->all);
	} else {
	    int maxExtraLines = 0;
	    int matches = 0;
	    int lastNonOverlap = -1;

Changes to generic/tkText.h.

576
577
578
579
580
581
582


583
584
585
586
587
588
589
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */


    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode







>
>







576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
    int undo;			/* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
				 * enabled. */
    int maxUndo;		/* The maximum depth of the undo stack
				 * expressed as the maximum number of compound
				 * statements. */
    int autoSeparators;		/* Non-zero means the separators will be
				 * inserted automatically. */
    int undoMarkId;             /* Counts undo marks temporarily used during
                                   undo and redo operations. */
    int isDirty;		/* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
				 * text widget. If the flag is not zero,
				 * unsaved modifications have been applied to
				 * the text widget. */
    TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode;	/* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
				 * by the isDirty flag. */
    TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode

Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.

3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
....
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
....
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
....
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301

4302
4303

4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
....
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
....
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544



7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
....
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
....
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606















7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
....
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
....
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
....
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965

8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972

8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)
            || !Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted, or is not mapped. Don't do anything.
	 */

	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
	dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
................................................................................
         * Fire the <<WidgetViewSync>> event since the widget view is in sync
         * with its internal data (actually it will be after the next trip
         * through the event loop, because the widget redraws at idle-time).
         */

        GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1);

	textPtr->refCount--;
	if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Re-arm the timer. We already have a refCount on the text widget so no
................................................................................
     * away in the Tcl_Release call.
     */

    while (dInfoPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
	textPtr->refCount++;
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_NEEDED;
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, &textPtr->pickEvent);
	if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	    goto end;
	}
	if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    goto end;
	}
    }
................................................................................
	 * calling TextInvalidateRegion to mark the display blocks as stale.
	 */

	damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
	if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
		damageRgn)) {

	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);


	}
	numCopies++;
	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
    }

    /*
     * Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We
................................................................................

    textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;

    if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
    }

    if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
     * following is true:
     *	 (a) the chunk contains no characters and the display line contains no
     *	     characters yet (i.e. the line isn't wide enough to hold even a
     *	     single character).
     *	 (b) at least one pixel of the character is visible, we have not
     *	     already exceeded the character limit, and the next character is a
     *	     white space character.



     */

    p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
    tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
................................................................................
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, maxBytes, 0, -1,
	    chunkPtr->x, maxX, TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    if (bytesThatFit < maxBytes) {
	if ((bytesThatFit == 0) && noCharsYet) {
	    Tcl_UniChar ch;
	    int chLen = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
		    lineOffset+chLen, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, -1, 0,
		    &nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, chLen, 0, -1,
................................................................................
	     * if there is at least one pixel of space left on the line. Just
	     * give the space character whatever space is left.
	     */

	    nextX = maxX;
	    bytesThatFit++;
	}















	if (p[bytesThatFit] == '\n') {
	    /*
	     * A newline character takes up no space, so if the previous
	     * character fits then so does the newline.
	     */

	    bytesThatFit++;
................................................................................
	if (bstart == ciPtr->baseOffset) {
	    xDisplacement = startX - chunkPtr->x;
	} else {
	    int widthUntilStart = 0;

	    MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bstart,
		    0, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
	    xDisplacement = startX - widthUntilStart - chunkPtr->x;
	}

	fit = MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bend,
		ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement, maxX, flags, nextXPtr);

	if (fit < bstart) {
	    return 0;
................................................................................
	    break;
	}
	ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;

#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
	newwidth = 0;
	CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0, &newwidth);
	if (newwidth != chunkPtr->width) {
	    widthAdjust += newwidth - chunkPtr->width;
	    chunkPtr->width = newwidth;
	}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
    }

    if (addChunkPtr != NULL) {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Remove the chunk data from the base chunk data.
     */

    bciPtr = baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;


    if ((ciPtr->baseOffset + ciPtr->numBytes)
	    != Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars)) {
#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
	fprintf(stderr,"RemoveFromBaseChunk called with wrong chunk "
		"(not last)\n");
#endif
    }


    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&bciPtr->baseChars, ciPtr->baseOffset);

    /*
     * Invalidate the stored pixel width of the base chunk.
     */








|







 







|
<







 







|







 







>

<
>







 







|







 







>
>
>







 







|
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







>


<


<

>







3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
....
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083

3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
....
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
....
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302

4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
....
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
....
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
....
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
....
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
....
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
....
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
....
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986

8987
8988

8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997

    if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)
            || !Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin)) {
	/*
	 * The widget has been deleted, or is not mapped. Don't do anything.
	 */

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    if (dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
	dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
................................................................................
         * Fire the <<WidgetViewSync>> event since the widget view is in sync
         * with its internal data (actually it will be after the next trip
         * through the event loop, because the widget redraws at idle-time).
         */

        GenerateWidgetViewSyncEvent(textPtr, 1);

	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Re-arm the timer. We already have a refCount on the text widget so no
................................................................................
     * away in the Tcl_Release call.
     */

    while (dInfoPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
	textPtr->refCount++;
	dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_NEEDED;
	TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, &textPtr->pickEvent);
	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	    goto end;
	}
	if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    goto end;
	}
    }
................................................................................
	 * calling TextInvalidateRegion to mark the display blocks as stale.
	 */

	damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
	if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
		oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
		damageRgn)) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
	    TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);

#endif
	}
	numCopies++;
	TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
    }

    /*
     * Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We
................................................................................

    textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;

    if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
    }

    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
     * following is true:
     *	 (a) the chunk contains no characters and the display line contains no
     *	     characters yet (i.e. the line isn't wide enough to hold even a
     *	     single character).
     *	 (b) at least one pixel of the character is visible, we have not
     *	     already exceeded the character limit, and the next character is a
     *	     white space character.
     * In the specific case of 'word' wrapping mode however, include all space
     * characters following the characters that fit in the space we've got,
     * even if no pixel of them is visible.
     */

    p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
    tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
................................................................................
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, maxBytes, 0, -1,
	    chunkPtr->x, maxX, TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */

    if (bytesThatFit < maxBytes) {
	if ((bytesThatFit == 0) && noCharsYet) {
	    int ch;
	    int chLen = TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);

#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
		    lineOffset+chLen, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, -1, 0,
		    &nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
	    bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, chLen, 0, -1,
................................................................................
	     * if there is at least one pixel of space left on the line. Just
	     * give the space character whatever space is left.
	     */

	    nextX = maxX;
	    bytesThatFit++;
	}
        if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD) {
            while (p[bytesThatFit] == ' ') {
                /*
                 * Space characters that would go at the beginning of the
                 * next line are allocated to the current line. This gives
                 * the effect of trimming white spaces that would otherwise
                 * be seen at the beginning of wrapped lines.
                 * Note that testing for '\t' is useless here because the
                 * chunk always includes at most one trailing \t, see
                 * LayoutDLine.
                 */

                bytesThatFit++;
            }
        }
	if (p[bytesThatFit] == '\n') {
	    /*
	     * A newline character takes up no space, so if the previous
	     * character fits then so does the newline.
	     */

	    bytesThatFit++;
................................................................................
	if (bstart == ciPtr->baseOffset) {
	    xDisplacement = startX - chunkPtr->x;
	} else {
	    int widthUntilStart = 0;

	    MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bstart,
		    0, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
	    xDisplacement = startX - widthUntilStart - ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x;
	}

	fit = MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bend,
		ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement, maxX, flags, nextXPtr);

	if (fit < bstart) {
	    return 0;
................................................................................
	    break;
	}
	ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;

#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
	newwidth = 0;
	CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0, &newwidth);
	if (newwidth < chunkPtr->width) {
	    widthAdjust += newwidth - chunkPtr->width;
	    chunkPtr->width = newwidth;
	}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
    }

    if (addChunkPtr != NULL) {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Remove the chunk data from the base chunk data.
     */

    bciPtr = baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;

#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
    if ((ciPtr->baseOffset + ciPtr->numBytes)
	    != Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars)) {

	fprintf(stderr,"RemoveFromBaseChunk called with wrong chunk "
		"(not last)\n");

    }
#endif

    Tcl_DStringSetLength(&bciPtr->baseChars, ciPtr->baseOffset);

    /*
     * Invalidate the stored pixel width of the base chunk.
     */

Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.

83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
....
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
....
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347

2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
FreeTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *indexObjPtr)	/* TextIndex object with internal rep to
				 * free. */
{
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(indexObjPtr);

    if (indexPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (--indexPtr->textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    /*
	     * The text widget has been deleted and we need to free it now.
	     */

	    ckfree(indexPtr->textPtr);
	}
    }
................................................................................
		    COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
	}
	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		Tcl_UniChar ch;

		chSize = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		firstChar = 0;
	    }
	    offset += chSize;
	    indexPtr->byteIndex += chSize;
................................................................................
	 */

	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		Tcl_UniChar ch;


		Tcl_UtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		if (offset > 0) {
		    chSize = (segPtr->body.chars + offset
			    - Tcl_UtfPrev(segPtr->body.chars + offset,
			    segPtr->body.chars));







|







 







|

|







 







<

>
|







83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
....
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
....
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345

2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
FreeTextIndexInternalRep(
    Tcl_Obj *indexObjPtr)	/* TextIndex object with internal rep to
				 * free. */
{
    TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(indexObjPtr);

    if (indexPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (indexPtr->textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	    /*
	     * The text widget has been deleted and we need to free it now.
	     */

	    ckfree(indexPtr->textPtr);
	}
    }
................................................................................
		    COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
	}
	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
		int ch;

		chSize = TkUtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		firstChar = 0;
	    }
	    offset += chSize;
	    indexPtr->byteIndex += chSize;
................................................................................
	 */

	segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
	while (1) {
	    int chSize = 1;

	    if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {


		int ch;
		TkUtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
		if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
		    break;
		}
		if (offset > 0) {
		    chSize = (segPtr->body.chars + offset
			    - Tcl_UtfPrev(segPtr->body.chars + offset,
			    segPtr->body.chars));

Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.

26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
....
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
....
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
static const char *const wrapStrings[] = {
    "char", "none", "word", "", NULL
};

/*
 * The 'TkTextTabStyle' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the
 * -tabstyle option of the Text widget. These values are used as indices into
 * the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the
 * widget as a whole is not.
 */

static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
    "tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};

................................................................................
     * refCount it holds.
     */

    if (tagPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (textPtr != tagPtr->textPtr) {
	    Tcl_Panic("Tag being deleted from wrong widget");
	}
	textPtr->refCount--;
	if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	tagPtr->textPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Finally free the tag's memory.
................................................................................
	if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	}
	eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
    }

  done:
    if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







|







 







|
<







 







|







26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
....
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261

1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
....
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
static const char *const wrapStrings[] = {
    "char", "none", "word", "", NULL
};

/*
 * The 'TkTextTabStyle' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the
 * -tabstyle option of the Text widget. These values are used as indices into
 * the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty tabstyle value, but the
 * widget as a whole is not.
 */

static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
    "tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};

................................................................................
     * refCount it holds.
     */

    if (tagPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
	if (textPtr != tagPtr->textPtr) {
	    Tcl_Panic("Tag being deleted from wrong widget");
	}
	if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	    ckfree(textPtr);
	}
	tagPtr->textPtr = NULL;
    }

    /*
     * Finally free the tag's memory.
................................................................................
	if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
	    TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
	}
	eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
    }

  done:
    if (textPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
	ckfree(textPtr);
    }
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.

1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194


1195














































































1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
	event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}


/*














































































 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







>
>

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
    event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
    if (detail != NULL) {
	event.virtual.user_data = detail;
    }

    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
 
#if TCL_UTF_MAX <= 4
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUtfToUniChar --
 *
 *	Almost the same as Tcl_UtfToUniChar but using int instead of Tcl_UniChar.
 *	This function is capable of collapsing a upper/lower surrogate pair to a
 *	single unicode character. So, up to 6 bytes might be consumed.
 *
 * Results:
 *	*chPtr is filled with the Tcl_UniChar, and the return value is the
 *	number of bytes from the UTF-8 string that were consumed.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
TkUtfToUniChar(
    const char *src,	/* The UTF-8 string. */
    int *chPtr)		/* Filled with the Tcl_UniChar represented by
			 * the UTF-8 string. */
{
    Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;

    int len = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &uniChar);
    if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
	Tcl_UniChar high = uniChar;
	/* This can only happen if Tcl is compiled with TCL_UTF_MAX=4,
	 * or when a high surrogate character is detected in UTF-8 form */
	int len2 = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src+len, &uniChar);
	if ((uniChar & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
	    *chPtr = (((high & 0x3ff) << 10) | (uniChar & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000;
	    len += len2;
	} else {
	    *chPtr = high;
	}
    } else {
	*chPtr = uniChar;
    }
    return len;
}

/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkUniCharToUtf --
 *
 *	Almost the same as Tcl_UniCharToUtf but producing surrogates if
 *	TCL_UTF_MAX==3. So, up to 6 bytes might be produced.
 *
 * Results:
 *	*buf is filled with the UTF-8 string, and the return value is the
 *	number of bytes produced.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	None.
 *
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int TkUniCharToUtf(int ch, char *buf)
{
    int size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    if ((ch > 0xffff) && (ch <= 0x10ffff) && (size < 4)) {
	/* Hey, this is wrong, we must be running TCL_UTF_MAX==3
	 * The best thing we can do is spit out 2 surrogates */
	ch -= 0x10000;
	size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch >> 10) | 0xd800), buf);
	size += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(((ch & 0x3ff) | 0xdc00), buf+size);
    }
    return size;
}


#endif
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkVisual.c.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
...
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
...
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
...
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    int refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can
................................................................................
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
................................................................................
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);
................................................................................
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount -= 1;
	    if (cmapPtr->refCount == 0) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
	    return;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







<
|







 







|












42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
...
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
...
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
472
473
474
475
476
477
478

479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
...
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
 * One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
 * colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
 */

struct TkColormap {
    Colormap colormap;		/* X's identifier for the colormap. */
    Visual *visual;		/* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many uses of the colormap are still
				 * outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
				 * calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
    int shareable;		/* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
				 * call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
				 * that the window wants it all for itself.  1
				 * means that the colormap was allocated as a
				 * default for a particular visual, so it can
................................................................................
		 * allocated here).
		 */

		*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
		for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
			cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		    if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
			cmapPtr->refCount++;
			break;
		    }
		}
	    }
	    return visual;
	}
	template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
................................................................................
	if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
	    *colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
	} else {
	    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
		    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
		if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
		    *colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
		    cmapPtr->refCount++;
		    goto done;
		}
	    }
	    cmapPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
	    cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
		    RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
		    AllocNone);
................................................................................
     * If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
     * increment its reference count.
     */

    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	}
    }
    return colormap;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
    }
    for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {

	    if (cmapPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {
		XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
		if (prevPtr == NULL) {
		    dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		} else {
		    prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
		}
		ckfree(cmapPtr);
................................................................................
    dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
    if (dispPtr == NULL) {
	Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
    }
    for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
	    cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
	if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
	    cmapPtr->refCount++;
	    return;
	}
    }
}
 
/*
 * Local Variables:
 * mode: c
 * c-basic-offset: 4
 * fill-column: 78
 * End:
 */

Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.

351
352
353
354
355
356
357



358
359
360
361
362
363
364
...
646
647
648
649
650
651
652

653
654
655
656
657
658
659
...
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
....
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445

1446
1447
1448

1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
....
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
....
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051

    winPtr = TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, screenId, (TkWindow *) parent);

    /*
     * Set the flags specified in the call.
     */




    winPtr->flags |= flags;

    /*
     * Force the window to use a border pixel instead of border pixmap. This
     * is needed for the case where the window doesn't use the default visual.
     * In this case, the default border is a pixmap inherited from the root
     * window, which won't work because it will have the wrong visual.
................................................................................
    } else {
	winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
    }
    winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
    winPtr->flags = 0;
    winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS

    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->numTags = 0;
    winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
    winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
................................................................................
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the intepreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;
................................................................................
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
		(char *) winPtr->window));
	winPtr->window = None;
    }
    UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
    TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL) {

	XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);
	winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
    }

#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
	TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
    }
    TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Invalidate all objects referring to windows with the same main
	     * window.
	     */

	    winPtr->mainPtr->deletionEpoch++;
	}
	winPtr->mainPtr->refCount--;
	if (winPtr->mainPtr->refCount == 0) {
	    register const TkCmd *cmdPtr;

	    /*
	     * We just deleted the last window in the application. Delete the
	     * TkMainInfo structure too and replace all of Tk's commands with
	     * dummy commands that return errors. Also delete the "send"
	     * command to unregister the interpreter.
................................................................................
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */








>
>
>







 







>







 







|







 







|
>

<

>







 







|
<







 







|







351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
...
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
...
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
....
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451

1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
....
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487

1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
....
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055

    winPtr = TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, screenId, (TkWindow *) parent);

    /*
     * Set the flags specified in the call.
     */

#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
#endif /*TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS*/
    winPtr->flags |= flags;

    /*
     * Force the window to use a border pixel instead of border pixmap. This
     * is needed for the case where the window doesn't use the default visual.
     * In this case, the default border is a pixmap inherited from the root
     * window, which won't work because it will have the wrong visual.
................................................................................
    } else {
	winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
    }
    winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
    winPtr->flags = 0;
    winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    winPtr->ximGeneration = 0;
    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
    winPtr->numTags = 0;
    winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
    winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
    winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
................................................................................
	}
	if (isSafe && !(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
	    Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
	}
    }

    /*
     * Set variables for the interpreter.
     */

    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_patchLevel", NULL, TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_version",    NULL, TK_VERSION,     TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);

    tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
    return tkwin;
................................................................................
	Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
		(char *) winPtr->window));
	winPtr->window = None;
    }
    UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
    TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL &&
	    winPtr->ximGeneration == winPtr->dispPtr->ximGeneration) {
	XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);

    }
    winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
    if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
	TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
    }
    TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
    TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
................................................................................
	    /*
	     * Invalidate all objects referring to windows with the same main
	     * window.
	     */

	    winPtr->mainPtr->deletionEpoch++;
	}
	if (winPtr->mainPtr->refCount-- <= 1) {

	    register const TkCmd *cmdPtr;

	    /*
	     * We just deleted the last window in the application. Delete the
	     * TkMainInfo structure too and replace all of Tk's commands with
	     * dummy commands that return errors. Also delete the "send"
	     * command to unregister the interpreter.
................................................................................
	TCL_ARGV_AUTO_REST, TCL_ARGV_AUTO_HELP, TCL_ARGV_TABLE_END
    };

    /*
     * Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
     */

    if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.6-", 0) == NULL) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    /*
     * Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
     */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

131
132
133
134
135
136
137









138
139
140
141
142
143
144
...
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace)
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
    if (basePtr->base.imageSpec)
    	TtkFreeImageSpec(basePtr->base.imageSpec);
}










static int BaseConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *textVarName = basePtr->base.textVariableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = NULL;
................................................................................

    if (textVarName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') {
	vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,textVarName,TextVariableChanged,basePtr);
	if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (basePtr->base.imageObj) {
	imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpec(
	    interp, basePtr->core.tkwin, basePtr->base.imageObj);
	if (!imageSpec) {
	    goto error;
	}
    }

    if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
error:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
|







131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
...
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace)
	Ttk_UntraceVariable(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
    if (basePtr->base.imageSpec)
    	TtkFreeImageSpec(basePtr->base.imageSpec);
}

static void
BaseImageChanged(
	ClientData clientData, int x, int y, int width, int height,
	int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
    Base *basePtr = (Base *)clientData;
    TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}

static int BaseConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
    Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
    Tcl_Obj *textVarName = basePtr->base.textVariableObj;
    Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = NULL;
................................................................................

    if (textVarName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') {
	vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,textVarName,TextVariableChanged,basePtr);
	if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (basePtr->base.imageObj) {
	imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpecEx(
	    interp, basePtr->core.tkwin, basePtr->base.imageObj, BaseImageChanged, basePtr);
	if (!imageSpec) {
	    goto error;
	}
    }

    if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
error:

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.

278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
...
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
...
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
...
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
 * 	of (the first character in the string) 'showChar'.
 * 	Used to compute the displayString if -show is non-NULL.
 */
static char *EntryDisplayString(const char *showChar, int numChars)
{
    char *displayString, *p;
    int size;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];

    Tcl_UtfToUniChar(showChar, &ch);
    size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    p = displayString = ckalloc(numChars * size + 1);

    while (numChars--) {
	p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, p);

    }
    *p = '\0';

    return displayString;
}

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
................................................................................
     VREASON reason,		/* Reason for change */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Result of %-substitutions */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;
    int number, length;
    const char *string;
    int stringLength;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (*template) {
	/* Find everything up to the next % character and append it
	 * to the result string.
	 */
	string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(template, '%');
................................................................................
	    template = string;
	}

	/* There's a percent sequence here.  Process it.
	 */
	++template; /* skip over % */
	if (*template != '\0') {
	    template += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(template, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}

	stringLength = -1;
	switch (ch) {
	    case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */
................................................................................
	    case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */
		string = validateReasonStrings[reason];
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, stringLength, &cvtFlags);
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);







|
|

|
|



|
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
...
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
...
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
...
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
 * 	of (the first character in the string) 'showChar'.
 * 	Used to compute the displayString if -show is non-NULL.
 */
static char *EntryDisplayString(const char *showChar, int numChars)
{
    char *displayString, *p;
    int size;
    int ch;
    char buf[6];

    TkUtfToUniChar(showChar, &ch);
    size = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
    p = displayString = ckalloc(numChars * size + 1);

    while (numChars--) {
	memcpy(p, buf, size);
	p += size;
    }
    *p = '\0';

    return displayString;
}

/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
................................................................................
     VREASON reason,		/* Reason for change */
     Tcl_DString *dsPtr)	/* Result of %-substitutions */
{
    int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;
    int number, length;
    const char *string;
    int stringLength;
    int ch;
    char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];

    while (*template) {
	/* Find everything up to the next % character and append it
	 * to the result string.
	 */
	string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(template, '%');
................................................................................
	    template = string;
	}

	/* There's a percent sequence here.  Process it.
	 */
	++template; /* skip over % */
	if (*template != '\0') {
	    template += TkUtfToUniChar(template, &ch);
	} else {
	    ch = '%';
	}

	stringLength = -1;
	switch (ch) {
	    case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */
................................................................................
	    case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */
		string = validateReasonStrings[reason];
		break;
	    case 'W': /* widget name */
		string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin);
		break;
	    default:
		length = TkUniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
		numStorage[length] = '\0';
		string = numStorage;
		break;
	}

	spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, stringLength, &cvtFlags);
	length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);

Deleted generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
# ttkGenStubs.tcl --
#
#	This script generates a set of stub files for a given
#	interface.
#
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.44
#
# CHANGES:
#	+ Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
#	  instead of a platform guard.
#	+ Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
#

namespace eval genStubs {
    # libraryName --
    #
    #	The name of the entire library.  This value is used to compute
    #	the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.

    variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"

    # interfaces --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
    #   the set of valid interfaces.  The value is empty.

    array set interfaces {}

    # curName --
    #
    #	The name of the interface currently being defined.

    variable curName "UNKNOWN"

    # scspec --
    #
    #	Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
    #	Normally "EXTERN", may be set to something like XYZAPI
    #
    variable scspec "EXTERN"

    # epoch, revision --
    #
    #	The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
    #   (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
    #

    variable epoch {}
    variable revision 0

    # hooks --
    #
    #	An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
    #	subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.

    array set hooks {}

    # stubs --
    #
    #	This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
    #	second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the
    #	constant "lastNum".  The lastNum entry contains the largest
    #	numeric offset used for a given interface.
    #
    #	Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that
    #	should be used for the given entry in the stub table.  The spec
    #	consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
    #   Other fields TBD later.

    array set stubs {}

    # outDir --
    #
    #	The directory where the generated files should be placed.

    variable outDir .
}

# genStubs::library --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
#	This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The library name.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::library {name} {
    variable libraryName $name
}

# genStubs::interface --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
#	of the interface currently being defined.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::interface {name} {
    variable curName $name
    variable interfaces
    variable stubs

    set interfaces($name) {}
    set stubs($name,lastNum) 0
    return
}

# genStubs::scspec --
#
#	Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
#	Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
#	expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
#	-DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
#
proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
    variable scspec $value
}

# genStubs::epoch --
#
#	Define the epoch number for this library.  The epoch
#	should be incrememented when a release is made that
#	contains incompatible changes to the public API.
#
proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
    variable epoch $value
}

# genStubs::hooks --
#
#	This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
#	interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	names	The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
#		hook vector.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
    variable curName
    variable hooks

    set hooks($curName) $names
    return
}

# genStubs::declare --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
#	interface entry.
#
# Arguments:
#	index		The index number of the interface.
#	status  	Status of the interface: one of "current",
#		  	"deprecated", or "obsolete".
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::declare {args} {
    variable stubs
    variable curName
    variable revision

    incr revision
    if {[llength $args] == 2} {
	lassign $args index decl
	set status current
    } elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
	lassign $args index status decl
    } else {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
	return
    }

    # Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
    # bump the lastNum counter if necessary.

    if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} {
	puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index"
    }
    regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
    set decl [parseDecl $decl]

    set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status
    set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl

    if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} {
	set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::export --
#
#	This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
#	that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl		The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
#			entry.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::export {args} {
    if {[llength $args] != 1} {
	puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
    }
    return
}

# genStubs::rewriteFile --
#
#	This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
#	specified file with new contents.  It looks for the !BEGIN! and
#	!END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
#
# Arguments:
#	file	The name of the file to modify.
#	text	The new text to place in the file.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
    if {![file exists $file]} {
	puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
	return
    }
    set in [open ${file} r]
    set out [open ${file}.new w]
    fconfigure $out -translation lf

    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
	puts $out $line
    }
    puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
    puts $out $text
    while {![eof $in]} {
	set line [gets $in]
	if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
	    break
	}
    }
    puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
    puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
    close $in
    close $out
    file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
    return
}

# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
#
#	Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
#
# Arguments:
#	plat	Platform to test.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.

proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat iftxt {eltxt {}}} {
    set text ""
    switch $plat {
	win {
	    append text "#ifdef _WIN32 /* WIN */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* WIN */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* WIN */\n"
	}
	unix {
	    append text "#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TCL)\
		    /* UNIX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* UNIX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* UNIX */\n"
	}
	macosx {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL /* MACOSX */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* MACOSX */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* MACOSX */\n"
	}
	aqua {
	    append text "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* AQUA */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* AQUA */\n"
	}
	x11 {
	    append text "#if !(defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))\
		    /* X11 */\n${iftxt}"
	    if {$eltxt ne ""} {
		append text "#else /* X11 */\n${eltxt}"
	    }
	    append text "#endif /* X11 */\n"
	}
	default {
	    append text "${iftxt}${eltxt}"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::emitSlots --
#
#	Generate the stub table slots for the given interface.  If there
#	are no generic slots, then one table is generated for each
#	platform, otherwise one table is generated for all platforms.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {"    void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
    return
}

# genStubs::parseDecl --
#
#	Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
#
# Arguments:
#	decl	The function declaration.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}.  The args
#	element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
#	element "void".  If the function declaration is malformed
#	then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.

proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
    if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} {
	set prefix $decl
	set args {}
    }
    set prefix [string trim $prefix]
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
	puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
	return
    }
    set rtype [string trim $rtype]
    if {$args eq ""} {
	return [list $rtype $fname {}]
    }
    foreach arg [split $args ,] {
	lappend argList [string trim $arg]
    }
    if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
	set args TCL_VARARGS
	foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    } else {
	set args {}
	foreach arg $argList {
	    set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
	    if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
		lappend args "void"
		break
	    } elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
		lappend args $argInfo
	    } else {
		puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
		return
	    }
	}
    }
    return [list $rtype $fname $args]
}

# genStubs::parseArg --
#
#	This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
#
# Arguments:
#	arg	The argument to parse.
#
# Results:
#	Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
#	indicator.  If the argument is malformed, returns "".

proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
    if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
	if {$arg eq "void"} {
	    return $arg
	} else {
	    return
	}
    }
    set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
    if {$array ne ""} {
	lappend result $array
    }
    return $result
}

# genStubs::makeDecl --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
    variable scspec
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    append text "/* $index */\n"
    set line "$scspec $rtype"
    set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
    append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
    set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
    if {$pad <= 0} {
	append line " "
	set pad 0
    }
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append line $fname
	append text $line
	append text ";\n"
	return $text
    }
    append line $fname

    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append line "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append line $sep
		set next {}
		append next [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
		    append next " "
		}
		append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
			+ $pad > 76} {
		    append text [string trimright $line] \n
		    set line "\t\t\t\t"
		    set pad 28
		}
		append line $next
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append line ")"
	}
    }
    return "$text$line;\n"
}

# genStubs::makeMacro --
#
#	Generate the inline macro for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted macro definition.

proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text "*"
    }
    append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
    append text " /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeSlot --
#
#	Generate the stub table entry for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted table entry.

proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
    lassign $decl rtype fname args

    set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
    append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]

    set text "    "
    if {$args eq ""} {
	append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
	return $text
    }
    if {[string range $rtype end-8 end] eq "__stdcall"} {
	append text [string trim [string range $rtype 0 end-9]] " (__stdcall *" $lfname ") "
    } else {
	append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
    }
    set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
    switch -exact $arg1 {
	void {
	    append text "(void)"
	}
	TCL_VARARGS {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ", ...)"
	}
	default {
	    set sep "("
	    foreach arg $args {
		append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
		if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
		    append text " "
		}
		append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
		set sep ", "
	    }
	    append text ")"
	}
    }

    append text "; /* $index */\n"
    return $text
}

# genStubs::makeInit --
#
#	Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	decl	The function declaration.
#	index	The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted declaration string.

proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
    if {[lindex $decl 2] eq ""} {
	append text "    &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    } else {
	append text "    " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
    }
    return $text
}

# genStubs::forAllStubs --
#
#	This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes
#	a callback for each slot.  The result of the callback is then
#	placed inside appropriate guards.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The interface name.
#	slotProc	The proc to invoke to handle the slot.  It will
#			have the interface name, the declaration,  and
#			the index appended.
#	guardProc	The proc to invoke to add guards.  It will have
#		        the slot status and text appended.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#	skipString	The string to emit if a slot is skipped.  This
#			string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
#			be used to substitute the index value.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar
	{skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
    variable stubs
    upvar $textVar text

    set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum)

    for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
	if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} {
	    append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \
	    			[$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]]
	} else {
	    eval {append text} $skipString
	}
    }
}

proc genStubs::noGuard  {status text} { return $text }

proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
    variable libraryName
    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]

    switch -- $status {
	current	{
	    # No change
	}
	deprecated {
	    set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text]
	}
	obsolete {
	    set text ""
	}
	default {
	    puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
	}
    }
    return $text
}

proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
    join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n
}

# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
#
#	This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The interface name.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
    upvar $textVar text

    append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
    forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitMacros --
#
#	This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#	textVar	The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
    variable libraryName
    upvar $textVar text

    set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
    append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
    append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"

    forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text

    append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitHeader --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
    variable outDir
    variable hooks
    variable epoch
    variable revision

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
	append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
    }

    append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"

    emitDeclarations $name text

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\ntypedef struct {\n"
	foreach hook $hooks($name) {
	    set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
	    append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
	    append text "    const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
	}
	append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
    }
    append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
    append text "    int magic;\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	append text "    int epoch;\n"
	append text "    int revision;\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    const ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
    } else {
	append text "    void *hooks;\n\n"
    }

    emitSlots $name text

    append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"

    append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
    append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"

    emitMacros $name text

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInit --
#
#	Generate the table initializers for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name		The name of the interface to initialize.
#	textVar		The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
#	Returns the formatted output.

proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
    variable hooks
    variable interfaces
    variable epoch
    upvar $textVar text
    set root 1

    set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
    append capName [string range $name 1 end]

    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
	set sep "    "
	foreach sub $hooks($name) {
	    append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
	    set sep ",\n    "
	}
	append text "\n\};\n"
    }
    foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
	if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
	    if {[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name] >= 0} {
		set root 0
		break
	    }
	}
    }

    append text "\n"
    if {!$root} {
	append text "static "
    }
    append text "const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n    TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
    if {$epoch ne ""} {
	set CAPName [string toupper $name]
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
	append text "    ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
    }
    if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	append text "    &${name}StubHooks,\n"
    } else {
	append text "    0,\n"
    }

    forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {"    0, /* $i */\n"}

    append text "\};\n"
    return
}

# genStubs::emitInits --
#
#	This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
#	the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
#	name	The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
    variable hooks
    variable outDir
    variable libraryName
    variable interfaces

    # Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
    # all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.

    set leaves {}
    set roots {}
    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
	    lappend roots $name
	} else {
	    lappend leaves $name
	}
    }
    foreach name $leaves {
	emitInit $name text
    }
    foreach name $roots {
	emitInit $name text
    }

    rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
}

# genStubs::init --
#
#	This is the main entry point.
#
# Arguments:
#	None.
#
# Results:
#	None.

proc genStubs::init {} {
    global argv argv0
    variable outDir
    variable interfaces

    if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
	puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
	exit 1
    }

    set outDir [lindex $argv 0]

    foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
	source $file
    }

    foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
	puts "Emitting $name"
	emitHeader $name
    }

    emitInits
}

# lassign --
#
#	This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
#
# Arguments:
#	valueList	A list containing the values to be assigned.
#	args		The list of variables to be assigned.
#
# Results:
#	Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.

if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
    proc lassign {valueList args} {
	if {[llength $args] == 0} {
	    error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
	}
	uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
	return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
    }
}

genStubs::init
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.

21
22
23
24
25
26
27


28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35














36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45













46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54


55
56
57
58
59
60
61
..
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
 */

struct TtkImageSpec {
    Tk_Image 		baseImage;	/* Base image to use */
    int 		mapCount;	/* #state-specific overrides */
    Ttk_StateSpec	*states;	/* array[mapCount] of states ... */
    Tk_Image		*images;	/* ... per-state images to use */


};

/* NullImageChanged --
 * 	Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
 */
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }















/* TtkGetImageSpec --
 * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
 * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
 *
 * TODO: Need a variant of this that takes a user-specified ImageChanged proc
 */
Ttk_ImageSpec *
TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{













    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    int i = 0, n = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    imageSpec = ckalloc(sizeof(*imageSpec));
    imageSpec->baseImage = 0;
    imageSpec->mapCount = 0;
    imageSpec->states = 0;
    imageSpec->images = 0;



    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    if ((objc % 2) != 1) {
	if (interp) {
................................................................................
    n = (objc - 1) / 2;
    imageSpec->states = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Ttk_StateSpec));
    imageSpec->images = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Tk_Image *));

    /* Get base image:
    */
    imageSpec->baseImage = Tk_GetImage(
	    interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), NullImageChanged, NULL);
    if (!imageSpec->baseImage) {
    	goto error;
    }

    /* Extract state and image specifications:
     */
    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {







>
>








>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





<




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>









>
>







 







|







21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56

57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
...
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
 */

struct TtkImageSpec {
    Tk_Image 		baseImage;	/* Base image to use */
    int 		mapCount;	/* #state-specific overrides */
    Ttk_StateSpec	*states;	/* array[mapCount] of states ... */
    Tk_Image		*images;	/* ... per-state images to use */
    Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChanged;
    ClientData		imageChangedClientData;
};

/* NullImageChanged --
 * 	Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
 */
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }

/* ImageSpecImageChanged --
 *     Image changes should trigger a repaint.
 */
static void ImageSpecImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
    int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = (Ttk_ImageSpec *)clientData;
    if (imageSpec->imageChanged != NULL) {
	imageSpec->imageChanged(imageSpec->imageChangedClientData,
		x, y, width, height,
		imageWidth, imageHeight);
    }
}

/* TtkGetImageSpec --
 * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
 * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
 *

 */
Ttk_ImageSpec *
TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
    return TtkGetImageSpecEx(interp, tkwin, objPtr, NULL, NULL);
}

/* TtkGetImageSpecEx --
 * 	Constructs a Ttk_ImageSpec * from a Tcl_Obj *.
 * 	Result must be released using TtkFreeImageSpec.
 * 	imageChangedProc will be called when not NULL when
 * 	the image changes to allow widgets to repaint.
 */
Ttk_ImageSpec *
TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
    Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChangedProc, ClientData imageChangedClientData)
{
    Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
    int i = 0, n = 0, objc;
    Tcl_Obj **objv;

    imageSpec = ckalloc(sizeof(*imageSpec));
    imageSpec->baseImage = 0;
    imageSpec->mapCount = 0;
    imageSpec->states = 0;
    imageSpec->images = 0;
    imageSpec->imageChanged = imageChangedProc;
    imageSpec->imageChangedClientData = imageChangedClientData;

    if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
	goto error;
    }

    if ((objc % 2) != 1) {
	if (interp) {
................................................................................
    n = (objc - 1) / 2;
    imageSpec->states = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Ttk_StateSpec));
    imageSpec->images = ckalloc(n * sizeof(Tk_Image *));

    /* Get base image:
    */
    imageSpec->baseImage = Tk_GetImage(
	    interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), ImageSpecImageChanged, imageSpec);
    if (!imageSpec->baseImage) {
    	goto error;
    }

    /* Extract state and image specifications:
     */
    for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.h.

368
369
370
371
372
373
374


375
376
377
378
379
380
381

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Image specifications.
 */

typedef struct TtkImageSpec Ttk_ImageSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *);


TTKAPI void TtkFreeImageSpec(Ttk_ImageSpec *);
TTKAPI Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(Ttk_ImageSpec *, Ttk_State);

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Miscellaneous enumerations.
 * 	Other stuff that element implementations need to know about.
 */







>
>







368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Image specifications.
 */

typedef struct TtkImageSpec Ttk_ImageSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpec(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *);
TTKAPI Ttk_ImageSpec *TtkGetImageSpecEx(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window, Tcl_Obj *,
					Tk_ImageChangedProc *, ClientData);
TTKAPI void TtkFreeImageSpec(Ttk_ImageSpec *);
TTKAPI Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(Ttk_ImageSpec *, Ttk_State);

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Miscellaneous enumerations.
 * 	Other stuff that element implementations need to know about.
 */

Changes to library/demos/en.msg.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
::msgcat::mcset en "OK"
::msgcat::mcset en "Run the \"%s\" sample program"
::msgcat::mcset en "Dismiss"
::msgcat::mcset en "Rerun Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Demo code: %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "About Widget Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Tk widget demonstration application"
::msgcat::mcset en "Copyright \u00a9 %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "
    @@title
    Tk Widget Demonstrations
    @@newline
    @@normal
    @@newline








|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
::msgcat::mcset en "OK"
::msgcat::mcset en "Run the \"%s\" sample program"
::msgcat::mcset en "Dismiss"
::msgcat::mcset en "Rerun Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Demo code: %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "About Widget Demo"
::msgcat::mcset en "Tk widget demonstration application"
::msgcat::mcset en "Copyright © %s"
::msgcat::mcset en "
    @@title
    Tk Widget Demonstrations
    @@newline
    @@normal
    @@newline

Changes to library/demos/nl.msg.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
::msgcat::mcset nl "Variable Values"  "Waarden Variabelen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "OK"        "OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Run the \"%s\" sample program" "Start voorbeeld \"%s\""
::msgcat::mcset nl "Print Code" "Code Afdrukken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Demo code: %s" "Code van Demo %s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "About Widget Demo" "Over deze demonstratie"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk widget demonstration" "Demonstratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Copyright \u00a9 %s"

::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk Widget Demonstrations" "Demostratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "This application provides a front end for several short scripts" \
    "Dit programma is een schil rond enkele korte scripts waarmee"
::msgcat::mcset nl "that demonstrate what you can do with Tk widgets.  Each of the" \
    "gedemonstreerd wordt wat je kunt doen met Tk widgets.  Elk van de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "numbered lines below describes a demonstration;  you can click on" \
    "genummerde regels hieronder omschrijft een demonstratie;  je kunt de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "it to invoke the demonstration.  Once the demonstration window" \







|

|







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
::msgcat::mcset nl "Variable Values"  "Waarden Variabelen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "OK"        "OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Run the \"%s\" sample program" "Start voorbeeld \"%s\""
::msgcat::mcset nl "Print Code" "Code Afdrukken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Demo code: %s" "Code van Demo %s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "About Widget Demo" "Over deze demonstratie"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk widget demonstration" "Demonstratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Copyright © %s"

::msgcat::mcset nl "Tk Widget Demonstrations" "Demonstratie van Tk widgets"
::msgcat::mcset nl "This application provides a front end for several short scripts" \
    "Dit programma is een schil rond enkele korte scripts waarmee"
::msgcat::mcset nl "that demonstrate what you can do with Tk widgets.  Each of the" \
    "gedemonstreerd wordt wat je kunt doen met Tk widgets.  Elk van de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "numbered lines below describes a demonstration;  you can click on" \
    "genummerde regels hieronder omschrijft een demonstratie;  je kunt de"
::msgcat::mcset nl "it to invoke the demonstration.  Once the demonstration window" \

Changes to library/menu.tcl.

602
603
604
605
606
607
608




609
610
611
612
613
614
615
# menu -		The menu window.

proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
        return




    }
    $menu postcascade active
    if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
	grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
    } else {
	while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \
		&& [winfo class [winfo parent $menu]] eq "Menu" \







>
>
>
>







602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
# menu -		The menu window.

proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
        return
    }
    if {[$menu index active] eq "none"} {
        set Priv(window) {}
        return
    }
    $menu postcascade active
    if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
	grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
    } else {
	while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \
		&& [winfo class [winfo parent $menu]] eq "Menu" \

Changes to library/tclIndex.

243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(tk_getFileType) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]]







<



243
244
245
246
247
248
249

250
251
252
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]]

set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]]
set auto_index(::tk::fontchooser) [list source [file join $dir fontchooser.tcl]]

Changes to library/text.tcl.

1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
































































































    if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
	set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
    }
    if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
	$w scan dragto $x $y
    }
}







































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
    if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
	set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
    }
    if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
	$w scan dragto $x $y
    }
}

# ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks --
#
# This proc is executed after an undo or redo action.
# It processes the list of undo/redo marks temporarily set in the
# text widget to positions delimiting where changes happened, and
# returns a flat list of ranges. The temporary marks are removed
# from the text widget.
#
# Arguments:
# w -	The text widget

proc ::tk::TextUndoRedoProcessMarks {w} {
    set indices {}
    set undoMarks {}

    # only consider the temporary marks set by an undo/redo action
    foreach mark [$w mark names] {
        if {[string range $mark 0 11] eq "tk::undoMark"} {
            lappend undoMarks $mark
        }
    }

    # transform marks into indices
    # the number of undo/redo marks is always even, each right mark
    # completes a left mark to give a range
    # this is true because:
    #   - undo/redo only deals with insertions and deletions of text
    #   - insertions may move marks but not delete them
    #   - when deleting text, marks located inside the deleted range
    #     are not erased but moved to the start of the deletion range
    #         . this is done in TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange ("This segment
    #           refuses to die...")
    #         . because MarkDeleteProc does nothing else than returning
    #           a value indicating that marks are not deleted by this
    #           deleteProc
    #         . mark deletion rather happen through [.text mark unset xxx]
    #           which was not used _up to this point of the code_ (it
    #           is a bit later just before exiting the present proc)
    set nUndoMarks [llength $undoMarks]
    set n [expr {$nUndoMarks / 2}]
    set undoMarks [lsort -dictionary $undoMarks]
    set Lmarks [lrange $undoMarks 0 [expr {$n - 1}]]
    set Rmarks [lrange $undoMarks $n [llength $undoMarks]]
    foreach Lmark $Lmarks Rmark $Rmarks {
        lappend indices [$w index $Lmark] [$w index $Rmark]
        $w mark unset $Lmark $Rmark
    }

    # process ranges to:
    #   - remove those already fully included in another range
    #   - merge overlapping ranges
    set ind [lsort -dictionary -stride 2 $indices]
    set indices {}

    for {set i 0} {$i < $nUndoMarks} {incr i 2} {
        set il1 [lindex $ind $i]
        set ir1 [lindex $ind [expr {$i + 1}]]
        lappend indices $il1 $ir1

        for {set j [expr {$i + 2}]} {$j < $nUndoMarks} {incr j 2} {
            set il2 [lindex $ind $j]
            set ir2 [lindex $ind [expr {$j + 1}]]

            if {[$w compare $il2 > $ir1]} {
                # second range starts after the end of first range
                # -> further second ranges do not need to be considered
                #    because ranges were sorted by increasing first index
                set j $nUndoMarks

            } else {
                if {[$w compare $ir2 > $ir1]} {
                    # second range overlaps first range
                    # -> merge them into a single range
                    set indices [lreplace $indices end-1 end]
                    lappend indices $il1 $ir2

                } else {
                    # second range is fully included in first range
                    # -> ignore it

                }
                # in both cases above, the second range shall be
                # trimmed out from the list of ranges
                set ind [lreplace $ind $j [expr {$j + 1}]]
                incr j -2
                incr nUndoMarks -2

            }

        }

    }

    return $indices
}

Changes to library/tkfbox.tcl.

306
307
308
309
310
311
312

313
314
315
316
317
318
319
....
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122


1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
	    set data(selectPath) [pwd]
	}
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option
    #

    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
	    "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
    }

................................................................................
	}
	if {
	    [info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
	    && [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""
	} then {
	    upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	    set typeVariable [lindex $data(filterType) 0]


	}
    }
    bind $data(okBtn) <Destroy> {}
    set Priv(selectFilePath) $selectFilePath
}

# ::tk::dialog::file::GlobFiltered --







>







 







|
>
>







306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
....
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
	    set data(selectPath) [pwd]
	}
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option
    #
    set data(origfiletypes) $data(-filetypes)
    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
	    "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
    }

................................................................................
	}
	if {
	    [info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
	    && [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""
	} then {
	    upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	    set typeVariable [lindex $data(origfiletypes) \
	            [lsearch -exact $data(-filetypes) $data(filterType)] 0]

	}
    }
    bind $data(okBtn) <Destroy> {}
    set Priv(selectFilePath) $selectFilePath
}

# ::tk::dialog::file::GlobFiltered --

Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
..
42
43
44
45
46
47
48


49
50


51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-darker 	"#c3c3c3"
	-border		"#414141"
	-activebg 	"#ececec"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"

    }

    ttk::style theme settings alt {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground 	black \
................................................................................
	    {pressed !disabled} 	sunken
	    {active !disabled} 	raised
	} -highlightcolor {alternate black}

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \


	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \


	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding "3 3" -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]







>







 







>
>
|

>
>
|









|
>







10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
..
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-darker 	"#c3c3c3"
	-border		"#414141"
	-activebg 	"#ececec"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"
	-altindicator	"#aaaaaa"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings alt {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground 	black \
................................................................................
	    {pressed !disabled} 	sunken
	    {active !disabled} 	raised
	} -highlightcolor {alternate black}

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
	           alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
	           disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
	           alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
	           disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding "3 3" -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
		-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19


20
21
22
23
24
25
26
..
76
77
78
79
80
81
82



83
84



85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
..
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-disabledfg	"#999999"
	-frame  	"#dcdad5"
	-window  	"#ffffff"
	-dark		"#cfcdc8"
	-darker 	"#bab5ab"
	-darkest	"#9e9a91"
	-lighter	"#eeebe7"
	-lightest 	"#ffffff"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"


    }

    ttk::style theme settings clam {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background $colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground black \
................................................................................
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorbackground \



	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorbackground \



	    [list  disabled $colors(-frame)  pressed $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TEntry \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
................................................................................
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox \
	    -background [list active $colors(-lighter) \
			     pressed $colors(-lighter)] \
	    -fieldbackground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectbg) \
				  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
	    -foreground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectfg)] \
	    ;
	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
            -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>







 







>
>
>
|

>
>
>
|







 







|







3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
..
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
...
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-disabledfg		"#999999"
	-frame  		"#dcdad5"
	-window  		"#ffffff"
	-dark			"#cfcdc8"
	-darker 		"#bab5ab"
	-darkest		"#9e9a91"
	-lighter		"#eeebe7"
	-lightest 		"#ffffff"
	-selectbg		"#4a6984"
	-selectfg		"#ffffff"
	-altindicator		"#5895bc"
	-disabledaltindicator	"#a0a0a0"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings clam {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -background $colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground black \
................................................................................
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
	    -indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
	    -padding 2 ;
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorbackground \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			disabled $colors(-frame)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorbackground \
	    [list  pressed $colors(-frame) \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised

	ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TEntry \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
................................................................................
	ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox \
	    -background [list active $colors(-lighter) \
			     pressed $colors(-lighter)] \
	    -fieldbackground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectbg) \
				  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
	    -foreground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectfg)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
	ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
	    -relief solid -borderwidth 1

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox \
	    -background [list  readonly $colors(-frame)] \
            -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
..
45
46
47
48
49
50
51


52
53
54
55
56
57
58


59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-activebg	"#ececec"
	-troughbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectfg	"#000000"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator	"#b03060"

    }

    ttk::style theme settings classic {
	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -font		TkDefaultFont \
	    -background		$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground		black \
................................................................................
	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3m 1m" -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \


		pressed $colors(-frame)  selected $colors(-indicator)] \
	    -indicatorrelief {selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \


		pressed $colors(-frame)  selected $colors(-indicator)] \
	    -indicatorrelief {selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton -relief raised -padding "3m 1m"

	ttk::style configure TEntry -relief sunken -padding 1 -font TkTextFont
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]







>







 







>
>
|
|





>
>
|
|







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
..
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-activebg	"#ececec"
	-troughbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectbg	"#c3c3c3"
	-selectfg	"#000000"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator	"#b03060"
	-altindicator	"#b05e5e"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings classic {
	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -font		TkDefaultFont \
	    -background		$colors(-frame) \
	    -foreground		black \
................................................................................
	ttk::style configure TButton \
	    -anchor center -padding "3m 1m" -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \
		    pressed $colors(-frame) \
		    alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
		    selected $colors(-indicator)] \
	    -indicatorrelief {alternate raised  selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief raised
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor [list \
		    pressed $colors(-frame) \
		    alternate $colors(-altindicator) \
		    selected $colors(-indicator)] \
	    -indicatorrelief {alternate raised  selected sunken  pressed sunken} \
	    ;

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton -relief raised -padding "3m 1m"

	ttk::style configure TEntry -relief sunken -padding 1 -font TkTextFont
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
		[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

Changes to library/ttk/combobox.tcl.

364
365
366
367
368
369
370

371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
# @@@TODO: factor with menubutton::PostPosition
#
proc ttk::combobox::PlacePopdown {cb popdown} {
    set x [winfo rootx $cb]
    set y [winfo rooty $cb]
    set w [winfo width $cb]
    set h [winfo height $cb]

    set postoffset [ttk::style lookup TCombobox -postoffset {} {0 0 0 0}]
    foreach var {x y w h} delta $postoffset {
    	incr $var $delta
    }

    set H [winfo reqheight $popdown]
    if {$y + $h + $H > [winfo screenheight $popdown]} {
	set Y [expr {$y - $H}]







>
|







364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
# @@@TODO: factor with menubutton::PostPosition
#
proc ttk::combobox::PlacePopdown {cb popdown} {
    set x [winfo rootx $cb]
    set y [winfo rooty $cb]
    set w [winfo width $cb]
    set h [winfo height $cb]
    set style [$cb cget -style]
    set postoffset [ttk::style lookup $style -postoffset {} {0 0 0 0}]
    foreach var {x y w h} delta $postoffset {
    	incr $var $delta
    }

    set H [winfo reqheight $popdown]
    if {$y + $h + $H > [winfo screenheight $popdown]} {
	set Y [expr {$y - $H}]

Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17



18
19
20
21
22
23
24
..
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48






49
50
51
52
53






54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

66
67
68
69
70
71
72
#
# Settings for default theme.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::default {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-frame		"#d9d9d9"
	-foreground	"#000000"
	-window		"#ffffff"
	-text   	"#000000"
	-activebg	"#ececec"
	-selectbg	"#4a6984"
	-selectfg	"#ffffff"
	-darker 	"#c3c3c3"
	-disabledfg	"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator	"#4a6984"



    }

    ttk::style theme settings default {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -borderwidth 	1 \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
................................................................................
	    -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
	    -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  selected $colors(-indicator)]







	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  selected $colors(-indicator)]







	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -relief raised -padding "10 3"

	ttk::style configure TEntry \
	    -relief sunken -fieldbackground white -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TCombobox -arrowsize 12 -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]


	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \







|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
>
>
>







 







|
>
>
>
>
>
>




|
>
>
>
>
>
>











|
>







1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
..
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
#
# Settings for default theme.
#

namespace eval ttk::theme::default {
    variable colors
    array set colors {
	-frame			"#d9d9d9"
	-foreground		"#000000"
	-window			"#ffffff"
	-text   		"#000000"
	-activebg		"#ececec"
	-selectbg		"#4a6984"
	-selectfg		"#ffffff"
	-darker 		"#c3c3c3"
	-disabledfg		"#a3a3a3"
	-indicator		"#4a6984"
	-disabledindicator	"#a3a3a3"
	-altindicator		"#9fbdd8"
	-disabledaltindicator	"#c0c0c0"
    }

    ttk::style theme settings default {

	ttk::style configure "." \
	    -borderwidth 	1 \
	    -background 	$colors(-frame) \
................................................................................
	    -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
	    -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
	ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]

	ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			{!disabled selected} $colors(-indicator) \
			{disabled selected} $colors(-disabledindicator)]
	ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief \
	    [list alternate raised]

	ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
	    -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
	    [list pressed $colors(-activebg)  \
			{!disabled alternate} $colors(-altindicator) \
			{disabled alternate} $colors(-disabledaltindicator) \
			{!disabled selected} $colors(-indicator) \
			{disabled selected} $colors(-disabledindicator)]
	ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief \
	    [list alternate raised]

	ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
	    -relief raised -padding "10 3"

	ttk::style configure TEntry \
	    -relief sunken -fieldbackground white -padding 1
	ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]

	ttk::style configure TCombobox -arrowsize 12 -padding 1
	ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
	ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
	    [list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
	    -arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]

	ttk::style configure TLabelframe \

Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
            -padding 1 -halfheight 1 \
            -syssize { SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL }
        ttk::style layout TSpinbox {
            Spinbox.field -sticky nswe -children {
                Spinbox.background -sticky news -children {
                    Spinbox.padding -sticky news -children {
                        Spinbox.innerbg -sticky news -children {
                            Spinbox.textarea -expand 1 -sticky {}
                        }
                    }
                    Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
                    Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
                }
            }
        }







|







129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
            -padding 1 -halfheight 1 \
            -syssize { SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL }
        ttk::style layout TSpinbox {
            Spinbox.field -sticky nswe -children {
                Spinbox.background -sticky news -children {
                    Spinbox.padding -sticky news -children {
                        Spinbox.innerbg -sticky news -children {
                            Spinbox.textarea -expand 1
                        }
                    }
                    Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
                    Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
                }
            }
        }

Changes to library/xmfbox.tcl.

152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
...
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
...
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
...
295
296
297
298
299
300
301

302
303
304
305
306
307
308
...
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
...
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
	set data(filter) *
	return
    }

    # The filetypes radiobuttons
    # set data(fileType) $data(-defaulttype)
    # Default type to first entry
    set initialTypeName [lindex $data(-filetypes) 0 0]
    if {$data(-typevariable) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	if {[info exists typeVariable]} {
	    set initialTypeName $typeVariable
	}
    }
    set ix 0
    set data(fileType) 0
    foreach fltr $data(-filetypes) {
	set fname [lindex $fltr 0]
	if {[string first $initialTypeName $fname] == 0} {
	    set data(fileType) $ix
	    break
	}
	incr ix
    }
................................................................................
	return
    }

    frame $f
    set cnt 0
    if {$data(-filetypes) ne {}} {
	foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
	    set title  [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]
	    set filter [lindex $type 1]
	    radiobutton $f.b$cnt \
		-text $title \
		-variable ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w](fileType) \
		-value $cnt \
		-command [list tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w $type]
	    pack $f.b$cnt -side left
................................................................................
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
    upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
    variable ::tk::Priv

    set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
    set Priv(selectFileType) [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]

    MotifFDialog_Update $w
}

# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
#	Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
................................................................................
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option. It is not used by the motif
    #    file dialog, but we check for validity of the value to make sure
    #    the application code also runs fine with the TK file dialog.
    #

    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![info exists data(filter)]} {
	set data(filter) *
    }
    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
................................................................................
	lappend newFileList $item
    }

    # Return selected filter
    if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && $data(-filetypes) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	set typeVariable [lindex $data(-filetypes) $data(fileType) 0]
    }

    if {$data(-multiple) != 0} {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) $newFileList
    } else {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) [lindex $newFileList 0]
    }
................................................................................

proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}

proc ::tk_getFileType {} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    return $Priv(selectFileType)
}








|








|







 







|







 







<







 







>







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
...
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
...
206
207
208
209
210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
...
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
...
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
...
976
977
978
979
980
981
982






	set data(filter) *
	return
    }

    # The filetypes radiobuttons
    # set data(fileType) $data(-defaulttype)
    # Default type to first entry
    set initialTypeName [lindex $data(origfiletypes) 0 0]
    if {$data(-typevariable) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	if {[info exists typeVariable]} {
	    set initialTypeName $typeVariable
	}
    }
    set ix 0
    set data(fileType) 0
    foreach fltr $data(origfiletypes) {
	set fname [lindex $fltr 0]
	if {[string first $initialTypeName $fname] == 0} {
	    set data(fileType) $ix
	    break
	}
	incr ix
    }
................................................................................
	return
    }

    frame $f
    set cnt 0
    if {$data(-filetypes) ne {}} {
	foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
	    set title  [lindex $type 0]
	    set filter [lindex $type 1]
	    radiobutton $f.b$cnt \
		-text $title \
		-variable ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w](fileType) \
		-value $cnt \
		-command [list tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w $type]
	    pack $f.b$cnt -side left
................................................................................
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
    upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
    variable ::tk::Priv

    set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]


    MotifFDialog_Update $w
}

# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
#	Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
................................................................................
    }
    set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)

    # 5. Parse the -filetypes option. It is not used by the motif
    #    file dialog, but we check for validity of the value to make sure
    #    the application code also runs fine with the TK file dialog.
    #
    set data(origfiletypes) $data(-filetypes)
    set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]

    if {![info exists data(filter)]} {
	set data(filter) *
    }
    if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
	return -code error -errorcode [list TK LOOKUP WINDOW $data(-parent)] \
................................................................................
	lappend newFileList $item
    }

    # Return selected filter
    if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
	    && [info exists data(-filetypes)] && $data(-filetypes) ne ""} {
	upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
	set typeVariable [lindex $data(origfiletypes) $data(fileType) 0]
    }

    if {$data(-multiple) != 0} {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) $newFileList
    } else {
	set Priv(selectFilePath) [lindex $newFileList 0]
    }
................................................................................

proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
    variable ::tk::Priv

    unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}







Changes to macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj.

1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
....
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
................................................................................
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
				F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,







<





<







 







<







1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217

1218
1219
1220
1221
1222

1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
....
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
................................................................................
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,

				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,

Changes to macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.

1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
....
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
................................................................................
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
				F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
				F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
				F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
				F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
				F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,







<





<







 







<



<







1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217

1218
1219
1220
1221
1222

1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
....
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794

2795
2796
2797

2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
		F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };

		F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
		F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
................................................................................
				F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
				F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
				F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
				F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
				F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
				F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
				F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,

				F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
				F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
				F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,

				F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
				F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
				F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
				F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
				F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
				F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
				F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.

876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
...
907
908
909
910
911
912
913

914
915
916
917
918
919
920
....
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
....
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
....
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Renders a series of unconnected lines.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    int i, lw = gc->line_width;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;

	for (i = 0; i < nsegments; i++) {
	    CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextMoveToPoint(dc.context,
................................................................................
	    CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context,
		    macWin->xOff + segments[i].x2 + o,
		    macWin->yOff + segments[i].y2 + o);
	    CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
	}
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);

}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillPolygon --
 *
................................................................................
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);

	    /* Expand the rectangles slightly to avoid degeneracies. */
	    srcRect.origin.y -= 1;
	    srcRect.size.height += 2;
	    dstRect.origin.y += 1;
	    dstRect.size.height -= 2;

	    /* Compute the damage. */
  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates. */
................................................................................
		}
	    }

	    /* Queue up Expose events for the damage region. */
	    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
	    [view generateExposeEvents:dmgRgn childrenOnly:1];
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);

	    /* Belt and suspenders: make the AppKit request a redraw
	       when it gets control again. */
  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

    if (dmgRgn) {
................................................................................
	dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
	if (!dc.focusLocked) {
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	}
	CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
	    #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	    ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
	    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	    CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
	    #endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
	    CGRect r;
	    if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
		    *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
		    CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
		ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
		CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
	    }







|













|







 







>







 







<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<







 







|





|







876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
...
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
....
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529






1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
....
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567



1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
....
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	Renders a series of unconnected lines.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{
    MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
    TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
    int i, lw = gc->line_width;

    display->request++;
    if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
    if (dc.context) {
	double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;

	for (i = 0; i < nsegments; i++) {
	    CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextMoveToPoint(dc.context,
................................................................................
	    CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context,
		    macWin->xOff + segments[i].x2 + o,
		    macWin->yOff + segments[i].y2 + o);
	    CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
	}
    }
    TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillPolygon --
 *
................................................................................
	     * This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
	     * and converted to Tk coordinates later.
  	     */

	    srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
	    dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);







	    /* Compute the damage. */
  	    dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
 	    extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
 	    ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
	    result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;

	    /* Convert to Tk coordinates. */
................................................................................
		}
	    }

	    /* Queue up Expose events for the damage region. */
	    int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
	    [view generateExposeEvents:dmgRgn childrenOnly:1];
	    Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);



  	}
    } else {
	dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
	TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
    }

    if (dmgRgn) {
................................................................................
	dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
	if (!dc.focusLocked) {
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	}
	CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
	CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
	if (dc.clipRgn) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
	    CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
	    ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
	    CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
	    CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
	    CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
	    CGRect r;
	    if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
		    *HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
		    CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
		ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
		CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
	    }

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.

866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
	    if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
		flags &= ~TK_WHOLE_WORDS;
	    }
	}
	if (index <= start && !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
	    index = CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
	}
	cs = (index < len || (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) ?
		whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
	while (index > start &&
		[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
	    index--;
	}
	if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	    index = start + 1;







|







866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
	    if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
		flags &= ~TK_WHOLE_WORDS;
	    }
	}
	if (index <= start && !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
	    index = CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
	}
	cs = (index <= len && (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) ?
		whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
	while (index > start &&
		[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
	    index--;
	}
	if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
	    index = start + 1;

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPort.h.

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
#include <unistd.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"

/*
 * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to
 * select:
 */

#ifndef NO_FD_SET







<







49
50
51
52
53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
#include <unistd.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>


/*
 * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to
 * select:
 */

#ifndef NO_FD_SET

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.

353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
    CFRelease(boundsRgn);

    event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
    event.xany.send_event = false;
    event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(winPtr);
    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
    event.type = Expose;
    event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x - bounds.origin.x;
    event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y - bounds.origin.y;
    event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
    event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
    event.xexpose.count = 0;
    Tk_HandleEvent(&event);

    #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
	event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
    #endif

    /*
     * Generate updates for the children of this window
     */

    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {







|
|





|


|







353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
    CFRelease(boundsRgn);

    event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
    event.xany.send_event = false;
    event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(winPtr);
    event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
    event.type = Expose;
    event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x;
    event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y;
    event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
    event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
    event.xexpose.count = 0;
    Tk_HandleEvent(&event);

#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
    NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
	event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
#endif

    /*
     * Generate updates for the children of this window
     */

    for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
	    childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.

524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
XClearWindow(
    Display* display,
    Window w)
{
}

/*
void
XDrawPoint(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
}

void
XDrawPoints(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint* points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)







|









|







524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
XClearWindow(
    Display* display,
    Window w)
{
}

/*
int
XDrawPoint(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
}

int
XDrawPoints(
    Display* display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint* points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)

Changes to tests/bitmap.test.

80
81
82
83
84
85
86


87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105
106
107
108
109
110
111
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3     ;# destroying just in case
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test bitmap-4.1 {FreeBitmapObjProc} -constraints {
    testbitmap


} -body {
    set x [join questhead]
    button .b -bitmap $x
    set y [join questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $y
    set z [join questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set x red
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {

    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}


# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







>
>

|

|

|












>







80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b1 .b2 .b3     ;# destroying just in case
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test bitmap-4.1 {FreeBitmapObjProc} -constraints {
    testbitmap
} -setup {
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy questhead]
    button .b -bitmap $x
    set y [copy questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $y
    set z [copy questhead]
    .b configure -bitmap $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set x red
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}


# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/border.test.

122
123
124
125
126
127
128

129
130
131
132
133

134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150

151
152
153
154
155
156
157
    destroy .t3
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b .t2 .t3 .t
} -result {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}


test border-3.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}

} -body {
    set x [join purple]
    button .b -bg $x -text .b1
    set y [join purple]
    .b configure -bg $y
    set z [join purple]
    .b configure -bg $z
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {

    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

test border-4.1 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} -body {
    button .b -relief flat
    .b cget -relief
} -cleanup {







>





>

|

|

|











>







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
    destroy .t3
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testborder purple]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b .t2 .t3 .t
} -result {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}


test border-3.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} -constraints {
    testborder
} -setup {
    set result {}
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy purple]
    button .b -bg $x -text .b1
    set y [copy purple]
    .b configure -bg $y
    set z [copy purple]
    .b configure -bg $z
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testborder purple]
    set y bogus
    return $result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

test border-4.1 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} -body {
    button .b -relief flat
    .b cget -relief
} -cleanup {

Changes to tests/button.test.

3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438


3439
3440
3441
























3442
3443








3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5x"}
#ex 6.18
test button-5.24 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}


    .b configure -text "Sample text" -width 10 -height 2
    pack .b
    set result "[winfo reqwidth .b] [winfo reqheight .b]"
























    .b configure -bitmap questhead
    lappend result [winfo reqwidth .b] [winfo reqheight .b]








} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {104 46 20 12}

test button-5.25 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
} -body {
    .b configure -text "Button 1"
    set old [winfo reqwidth .b]
    .b configure -text "Much longer text"







|
>
>
|

<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>


|







3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442

3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467

3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
    (processing -height option)
    invoked from within
".b configure -height 0.5x"}
#ex 6.18
test button-5.24 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -constraints {
    fonts
} -body {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12} \
                -padx 30 -pady 20
    # 1. button with text
    .b configure -text "Sample text"
    pack .b

    set textwidth [font measure [.b cget -font] -displayof .b [.b cget -text]]
    set expectedwidth [expr {$textwidth + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -padx]}]
    incr expectedwidth 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    set result [expr $expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]]
    set linespace [lindex [font metrics [.b cget -font] -displayof .b] 5]
    set expectedheight [expr {$linespace + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness] + 2*[.b cget -pady]}]
    incr expectedheight 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr $expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]]
    # 2. button with a bitmap image
    # there is no access to characteristics the predefined bitmaps,
    # so define one as an image (copied from questhead.xbm)
    set myquesthead [image create bitmap -data {
        #define myquesthead_width 20
        #define myquesthead_height 22
        static unsigned char myquesthead_bits[] = {
           0xf8, 0x1f, 0x00, 0xac, 0x2a, 0x00, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00, 0xeb, 0xaf, 0x00,
           0xf5, 0x5f, 0x01, 0xfb, 0xbf, 0x00, 0x75, 0x5d, 0x01, 0xfb, 0xbe, 0x02,
           0x75, 0x5d, 0x05, 0xab, 0xbe, 0x0a, 0x55, 0x5f, 0x07, 0xab, 0xaf, 0x00,
           0xd6, 0x57, 0x01, 0xac, 0xab, 0x00, 0xd8, 0x57, 0x00, 0xb0, 0xaa, 0x00,
           0x50, 0x55, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x0b, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x17, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x0b, 0x00,
           0x58, 0x15, 0x00, 0xa8, 0x2a, 0x00};
    }]
    .b configure -image $myquesthead

    set expectedwidth [expr {[image width $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}]
    incr expectedwidth 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr $expectedwidth == [winfo reqwidth .b]]
    set expectedheight [expr {[image height $myquesthead] + 2*[.b cget -borderwidth] \
            + 2*[.b cget -highlightthickness]}]
    incr expectedheight 2   ; # added (hardcoded) in tkUnixButton.c
    lappend result [expr $expectedheight == [winfo reqheight .b]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .b
} -result {1 1 1 1}

test button-5.25 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} -setup {
    button .b -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Helvetica -12 bold}
} -body {
    .b configure -text "Button 1"
    set old [winfo reqwidth .b]
    .b configure -text "Much longer text"

Changes to tests/color.test.

251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258




259
260

261
262

263
264

265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275


276
277
278
279
280
281
282
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t3
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}

test color-4.1 {FreeColorObjProc} colorsFree {




    destroy .b
    set x [format purple]

    button .b -foreground $x -text .b1
    set y [format purple]

    .b configure -foreground $y
    set z [format purple]

    .b configure -foreground $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set y bogus
    set result


} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

destroy .t

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return







|
>
>
>
>

<
>

<
>

<
>











>
>
|






251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263

264
265

266
267

268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t3
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .t
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}

test color-4.1 {FreeColorObjProc} -constraints {
    colorsFree
} -setup {
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    destroy .b

    set x [copy purple]
    button .b -foreground $x -text .b1

    set y [copy purple]
    .b configure -foreground $y

    set z [copy purple]
    .b configure -foreground $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcolor purple]
    set y bogus
    set result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

destroy .t

# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/constraints.tcl.

176
177
178
179
180
181
182

183



184
185
186
187
188
189
190
}

namespace import -force tk::test::*

namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
testConstraint aqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]

testConstraint nonwin [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"}]



testConstraint userInteraction 0
testConstraint nonUnixUserInteraction [expr {
    [testConstraint userInteraction] ||
    ([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [info exists env(DISPLAY)]
testConstraint altDisplay  [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]







>

>
>
>







176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
}

namespace import -force tk::test::*

namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
testConstraint aqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]
testConstraint x11 [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"}]
testConstraint nonwin [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"}]
testConstraint aquaOrWin32 [expr {
    ([tk windowingsystem] eq "win32") || [testConstraint aqua]
}]
testConstraint userInteraction 0
testConstraint nonUnixUserInteraction [expr {
    [testConstraint userInteraction] ||
    ([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [info exists env(DISPLAY)]
testConstraint altDisplay  [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]

Changes to tests/cursor.test.

140
141
142
143
144
145
146


147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164

165
166
167
168
169
170
171
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b3
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test cursor-4.1 {FreeCursorObjProc} -constraints {
    testcursor


} -body {
    set x [join heart]
    button .b -cursor $x
    set y [join heart]
    .b configure -cursor $y
    set z [join heart]
    .b configure -cursor $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set y bogus
    set result
} -cleanup {

    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test cursor-5.1 {assert consistent cursor configuration command} -setup {
    button .b
} -body {







>
>

|

|

|












>







140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b3
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
} -result {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}

test cursor-4.1 {FreeCursorObjProc} -constraints {
    testcursor
} -setup {
    proc copy {s} {return [string index $s 0][string range $s 1 end]}
} -body {
    set x [copy heart]
    button .b -cursor $x
    set y [copy heart]
    .b configure -cursor $y
    set z [copy heart]
    .b configure -cursor $z
    set result {}
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set x red
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set z 32
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    destroy .b
    lappend result [testcursor heart]
    set y bogus
    set result
} -cleanup {
    rename copy {}
    destroy .b
} -result {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}

# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test cursor-5.1 {assert consistent cursor configuration command} -setup {
    button .b
} -body {

Changes to tests/entry.test.

2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307









2308
2309
2310

2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4









    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e

} -result {31}

test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
|







2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
    entry .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4
    # To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
    # of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
    # in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
    # for computation of the reqwidth
    # note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded    #define XPAD 1
    set XPAD 1
    set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
                          + 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
                                [.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) } ]
    expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    unset XPAD expected
} -result {1}

test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    entry .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo

Changes to tests/event.test.

817
818
819
820
821
822
823



































824
825
826
827
828
829
830
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}




































# cleanup
unset -nocomplain keypress_lookup
rename _init_keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress {}
rename _pause {}







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
    lappend result [$e index insert]
    lappend result [_get_selection $e]

    return $result
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {4 A 4 A}

test event-8 {event generate with keysyms corresponding to
              multi-byte virtual keycodes - bug
              e36963bfe8df9f5e528134707a91b9c0051de723} -constraints nonPortable -setup {
    deleteWindows
    set res [list ]
} -body {
    set t [toplevel .t]
    set e [entry $t.e]
    pack $e
    tkwait visibility $e
    bind $e <KeyPress> {lappend res keycode: %k keysym: %K}
    focus -force $e
    update
    event generate $e <diaeresis>
    # The value now contained in $res depends on the actual
    # physical keyboard layout and keycode generated, from
    # the hardware on which the test suite happens to run.
    # We don't need (and we can't really) check correctness
    # of the (system-dependent) keycode received, however
    # Tk should be able to associate this keycode to a
    # (system-independent) known keysym, unless the system
    # running the test does not have a keyboard with a
    # diaeresis key.
    if {[expr {[lindex $res 3] ne "??"}]} {
        # keyboard has a physical diaeresis key and bug is fixed
        return "OK"
    } else  {
        return "Test failed, unless the keyboard tied to the system \
                on which this test is run does NOT have a diaeresis \
                physical key - in this case, test is actually void."
    }
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {OK}

# cleanup
unset -nocomplain keypress_lookup
rename _init_keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress {}
rename _pause {}

Changes to tests/filebox.test.

277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
...
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
	    } else {
	    }
	    set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
		    -filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
		    -initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
		    -typevariable tv]
	    if {[info exists tv]} {
		regexp {^(.*) \(.*\)$} $tv dummy typeName
	    } else {
		set typeName "-unset-"
	    }
	    set typeName
        } $res
    }

................................................................................
		set gotmessage
	    } \
	    -match glob \
	    -result "*RUBBISH*"
    }

    # The rest of the tests need to be executed on Unix only.
    # The test whether the dialog box widgets were implemented correctly.
    # These tests are not
    # needed on the other platforms because they use native file dialogs.
}

set tk_strictMotif $tk_strictMotif_old

# cleanup
removeFile filebox.tmp
cleanupTests
return







|







 







|










277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
...
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
	    } else {
	    }
	    set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
		    -filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
		    -initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
		    -typevariable tv]
	    if {[info exists tv]} {
		set typeName $tv
	    } else {
		set typeName "-unset-"
	    }
	    set typeName
        } $res
    }

................................................................................
		set gotmessage
	    } \
	    -match glob \
	    -result "*RUBBISH*"
    }

    # The rest of the tests need to be executed on Unix only.
    # They test whether the dialog box widgets were implemented correctly.
    # These tests are not
    # needed on the other platforms because they use native file dialogs.
}

set tk_strictMotif $tk_strictMotif_old

# cleanup
removeFile filebox.tmp
cleanupTests
return

Changes to tests/focusTcl.test.

398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.x}
test focusTcl-5.5 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.x configure -takefocus ""
    pack unpack .b.x
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.6 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z} {
        $w configure -takefocus ""
    }
    pack unpack .b
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.c}
test focusTcl-5.7 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus 1
    pack unpack .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.z}
test focusTcl-5.8 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    proc always args {return 1}
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus always
    pack unpack .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.9 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", window disabled} -body {
    setup1 .







|










|








|









|







398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.x}
test focusTcl-5.5 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.x configure -takefocus ""
    pack forget .b.x
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.6 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z} {
        $w configure -takefocus ""
    }
    pack forget .b
    update
    tk_focusNext .b
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.c}
test focusTcl-5.7 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus 1
    pack forget .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.z}
test focusTcl-5.8 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} -body {
    proc always args {return 1}
    setup1 .
    .b.y configure -takefocus always
    pack forget .b.y
    update
    tk_focusNext .b.x
} -cleanup {
    cleanup1 .
} -result {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.9 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", window disabled} -body {
    setup1 .

Changes to tests/font.test.

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147












148
149
150
151
152
153
154
....
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
    font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}














test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
................................................................................


test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
    font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {Times New Roman}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # can fail on Unix systems that have a real "times new roman" font
    font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family
} -result [font actual {times 10} -family]


test font-46.1 {font actual, with character, no option, no --} -body {







|



>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
....
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} -result {times}
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    # (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
    font actual {-family times} -family
} -result {times}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} -body {
    font actual xyz -style
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}
test font-4.12 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \ud800
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.13 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00
} -match glob -result {*}
test font-4.14 {font command: actual} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {-family times} -family -- \ud800\udc00
} -result {times}
test font-4.15 {font command: actual} -body {
    font actual {-family times} -- \udc00\ud800
} -returnCodes 1 -match glob -result {expected a single character but got "*"}


test font-5.1 {font command: configure} -body {
    # (objc < 3)
    font configure
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?-option value ...?"}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} -body {
................................................................................


test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} -body {
    font actual {snarky 10} -family
} -result [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.2 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints win -body {
    font actual {times 10} -family
} -result {times}
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} -constraints {unix noExceed} -body {
    # can fail on Unix systems that have a real "times new roman" font
    font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family
} -result [font actual {times 10} -family]


test font-46.1 {font actual, with character, no option, no --} -body {

Changes to tests/grid.test.

1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000



















2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
    # If .a was destroyed while remembered by the removed .c, make sure it
    # is ignored.
    destroy .a
    grid .c -row 0 -column 0
    grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.5



















 
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>








1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
    # If .a was destroyed while remembered by the removed .c, make sure it
    # is ignored.
    destroy .a
    grid .c -row 0 -column 0
    grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.5

test grid-23 {grid configure -in leaked from previous master - bug
              6aea69fccbb266b7f0437686379fbe5b55442958} {
    frame .f
    frame .g
    pack .f .g
    text .t
    grid .t -in .f
    pack forget .f
    update
    grid .t -in .g
    # .t is now managed by .g; following lines must have no effect on .t
    pack .f
    update
    pack forget .f
    update
    winfo ismapped .t ; # must return 1
} {1}
grid_reset 23
 
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return

# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.

793
794
795
796
797
798
799

















800
801
802
803
804
805
806
    photo2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
    photo2 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 copy photo2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule set
    checkImgTrans photo1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {0,2 1,1 2,0}


















test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
    photo2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
    photo2 transparency set 0 0 true
    photo1 copy photo2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule set
    checkImgTrans photo1
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1 photo2
} -result {0,2 1,1 2,0}
test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup {
    image create photo photo1
} -body {
    photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
} -returnCodes 1 -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?-option value ...?"}
test imgPhoto-4.75 {<photo> read command: filename starting with '-'} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
    file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile
    image create photo photo1
    photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
    image delete photo1
    file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}

test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} -constraints {
    hasTeapotPhoto
} -setup {
    destroy .c
    pack [canvas .c]
    imageCleanup

Changes to tests/listbox.test.

1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224

1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
....
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    destroy .l
    listbox .l -setgrid 1 -width 25 -height 15
    pack .l
    update
} -body {

    set x [getsize .]
    .l configure -setgrid 0
    update
    list $x [getsize .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {25x15 185x263}
................................................................................
    .l scan mark 10 20
    .l scan dragto 5 10
    update
    set x [list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]]
    .l scan dragto [expr 5+$width] [expr 10+$height]
    update
    lappend x [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
} -result {{0.8 1} {0.75 1} {0.64 0.84} {0.25 0.5}}


test listbox-14.1 {NearestListboxElement procedure, partial last line} -body {
    mkPartial
    .partial.l nearest [winfo height .partial.l]
} -result {4}
# Listbox used in 14.* tests







>







 







|







1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
....
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
} -setup {
    deleteWindows
    destroy .l
    listbox .l -setgrid 1 -width 25 -height 15
    pack .l
    update
} -body {
    update
    set x [getsize .]
    .l configure -setgrid 0
    update
    list $x [getsize .]
} -cleanup {
    deleteWindows
} -result {25x15 185x263}
................................................................................
    .l scan mark 10 20
    .l scan dragto 5 10
    update
    set x [list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]]
    .l scan dragto [expr 5+$width] [expr 10+$height]
    update
    lappend x [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
} -result {{0.8 1} {0.75 1} {0.6 0.8} {0.25 0.5}}


test listbox-14.1 {NearestListboxElement procedure, partial last line} -body {
    mkPartial
    .partial.l nearest [winfo height .partial.l]
} -result {4}
# Listbox used in 14.* tests

Changes to tests/menu.test.

3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879





























3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
    # On Linux the following used to panic
    # It now returns an error (on all platforms)
    menu .m -type menubar
    list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}































# cleanup
imageFinish
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>











3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
    # On Linux the following used to panic
    # It now returns an error (on all platforms)
    menu .m -type menubar
    list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
    destroy .m
} -result {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}

test menu-38.1 {Can't dismiss ttk::menubutton menu until mouse has hovered over it - bug fa32290898} -setup {
} -constraints {macOrUnix} -body {
    toplevel .top
    ttk::menubutton .top.mb -text "Some menu";
    menu .top.mb.m;
    .top.mb.m add command -label "Item 1";
    .top.mb.m add command -label "Item 2";
    .top.mb configure -menu .top.mb.m;
    pack .top.mb
    update
    # simulate mouse click on the menubutton, which posts its menu
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonPress-1> -warp 1
    update
    after 50
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
    update
    # simulate mouse click on the menu again, i.e. without
    # entering/leaving the posted menu
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonPress-1>
    update
    after 50
    event generate .top.mb <ButtonRelease-1>
    update
    # the menu shall have been unposted by the second click
    winfo ismapped .top.mb.m
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top.mb.m .top.m .top
} -result {0}


# cleanup
imageFinish
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/pack.test.

1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
....
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo geom .pack.b]
    pack unpack .pack.a
    update
    lappend result [winfo geom .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {50x30+0+40 50x30+0+0}
test pack-15.2 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
................................................................................
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    pack unpack .pack.f
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {1 0}
test pack-15.4 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d







|







 







|







1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
....
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo geom .pack.b]
    pack forget .pack.a
    update
    lappend result [winfo geom .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {50x30+0+40 50x30+0+0}
test pack-15.2 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
................................................................................
    pack .pack.f -side top
    frame .pack.f.f2
    lower .pack.f.f2
    pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
    pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
    update
    set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
    pack forget .pack.f
    update
    lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .pack.f
} -result {1 0}
test pack-15.4 {managing geometry with -in option} -setup {
    pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d

Changes to tests/scrollbar.test.

392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 50 30 20
    .s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}








|


|







392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    .s set 100 50 30 20
    .s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
    list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
    list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}

Changes to tests/spinbox.test.

2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609














2610
2611
2612

2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4














    winfo reqwidth .e
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e

} -result {42}

test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|


>
|







2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
    spinbox .e -width 0 -font {Courier -12} -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
    pack .e
    focus .e
} -body {
    .e insert 0 "xyzzy"
    update
    .e delete 2 4
    # To check that deletion actually happened we measure the new width
    # of the widget, based on the measuring width of the remaining text ("xyy")
    # in the widget. For that purpose we have to mirror the code in tkEntry.c
    # for computation of the reqwidth
    # note: XPAD corresponds to the hardcoded    #define XPAD 1
    set XPAD 1
    set buttonWidth [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "0"] + 2 * (1 + $XPAD) }]
    if {$buttonWidth < 11} {
        set buttonWidth 11
    }
    set expected [expr { [font measure [.e cget -font] "xyy"] \
                          + 2 * ( [.e cget -borderwidth] + \
                                [.e cget -highlightthickness] + $XPAD ) \
                          + $buttonWidth } ]
    expr {[winfo reqwidth .e] == $expected}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
    unset XPAD buttonWidth expected
} -result {1}

test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} -setup {
    unset -nocomplain x
} -body {
    trace variable x w override
    spinbox .e -textvariable x -width 0
    .e insert 0 foo

Changes to tests/text.test.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29









30
31
32
33
34
35
36
...
424
425
426
427
428
429
430









431
432
433
434
435
436
437
...
728
729
730
731
732
733
734









735
736
737
738
739
740
741
...
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
....
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461












1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
....
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
....
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
....
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
....
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
....
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
....
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
....
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
....
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
....
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
....
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
....
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
....
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
....
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
....
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
....
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
....
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400















6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
....
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579




























































6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -autoseparators yes
    .t cget -autoseparators
} -cleanup {









    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test text-1.2 {configuration option: "autoseparators"} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
................................................................................
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -maxundo 5
    .t cget -maxundo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {5}









test text-1.44 {configuration option: "maxundo"} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -maxundo noway
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -undo 1
    .t cget -undo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}









test text-1.76 {configuration option: "undo"} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -undo eh
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    aqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {solid}
test text-2.9 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    unix
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {raised}
................................................................................
    proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
    .t edit undo
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    rename .t {}
    rename test.t .t
    destroy .t
} -result {{edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert}}












test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {3}
test text-10.38 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
} -body {
    .t configure -width 20 -height 10
    update
    .t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
    .t count -lines -chars -indices -displaylines 1.0 end
................................................................................
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 1}


test text-11.1 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t configure -wrap none
    list [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.0] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.1] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.3] \
................................................................................
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.6] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 2.6] \
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 1 2 3 4 5 5 6}
test text-11.2 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag add elide1 1.2 1.4
    .t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
................................................................................
    .t tag add elide3 1.2 1.4
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {5 5}
test text-11.8 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
# Newer tags are higher priority
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag configure elide2 -elide 1
    .t tag add elide2 1.0 1.5
................................................................................
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.2 1.5]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.3 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 0 0 3 2 1 1}
test text-11.9 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t tag configure WELCOME -elide 1
    .t tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
    .t tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
    .t insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
    .t insert end "\n" WELCOME
................................................................................
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {1234}
test text-14.18 {ConfigureText procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10
    pack append .top .top.t top
    update
    set geom [wm geometry .top]
    set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
................................................................................
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    wm geometry .top
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {20x10+0+0}
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
................................................................................
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    set result [wm geometry .top]
    wm geometry .top 15x8
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
    .top.t configure -wrap word
................................................................................
abcde
12345
Line 4
}
test text-19.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    update
    .top.t delete 1.0 3.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {1.0 x}
test text-19.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack append .top .top.t top
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    .top.t yview 3.0
    update
    .top.t delete 2.0 4.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 6 -height 10 -wrap word
    frame .top.f -width 200 -height 20 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .top.f .top.t -side left
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
} -body {
    .top.t insert end "abc def\n01 2345 678 9101112\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\n6\n7\n8\n"
    .top.t yview 2.4
    .top.t delete 2.5
    set x [.top.t index @0,0]
    .top.t delete 2.5
    list $x [.top.t index @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {2.3 2.0}


test text-20.1 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.3 3.4
    selection get
................................................................................
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.2 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag add x 1.4
................................................................................
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.0a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.3 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 13.3
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {m}
test text-20.4 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.4
................................................................................
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0a..1b.2b.3b.4
cj.0j.1j.2j.3j.4m}
test text-20.5 {TextFetchSelection procedure, long selections} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack append . .t {top expand fill}
    update
    set x ""
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, padded to just about 53 characters.\n"
    }
    .t insert end $x
................................................................................
    .t tag add sel 1.0 end
    expr {[selection get] eq "$x\n"}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test text-21.1 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
................................................................................
    .t2 tag add sel 1.2 3.3
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 1
    .t2 tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {}
test text-21.2 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints win -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
................................................................................
    lappend res [.tt cget -autoseparators]
    lappend res [.t  cget -maxundo]
    lappend res [.tt cget -maxundo]
    .t insert end "The undo stack is common between peers"
    lappend res [.t  edit canundo]
    lappend res [.tt edit canundo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 1 0 0 100 100 1 1}















test text-27.17 {bug fix 1536735 - undo with empty text} -body {
    text .t -undo 1
    set r [.t edit modified]
    .t delete 1.0
    lappend r [.t edit modified]
    lappend r [catch {.t edit undo}]
    lappend r [.t edit modified]
................................................................................
    .t edit undo
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
    .t edit reset
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}






























































test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
    pack [text .t -wrap none]
    .t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|

|







 







|
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|











|







 







|












|







 







|







 







|













|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
...
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
...
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
...
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
....
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
....
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
....
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
....
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
....
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
....
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
....
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
....
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
....
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
....
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
....
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
....
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
....
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
....
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
....
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
....
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
....
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
....
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -autoseparators yes
    .t cget -autoseparators
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test text-1.1b {configuration option: "autoseparators", default} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t cget -autoseparators
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test text-1.2 {configuration option: "autoseparators"} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
................................................................................
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -maxundo 5
    .t cget -maxundo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {5}
test text-1.43b {configuration option: "maxundo", default} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t cget -maxundo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0}
test text-1.44 {configuration option: "maxundo"} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -maxundo noway
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -undo 1
    .t cget -undo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}
test text-1.75b {configuration option: "undo", default} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t cget -undo
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0}
test text-1.76 {configuration option: "undo"} -setup {
    text .t -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2 -font {Courier -12 bold}
    pack .t
    update
} -body {
    .t configure -undo eh
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    aqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {flat}
test text-2.9 {Tk_TextCmd procedure} -constraints {
    unix notAqua
} -body {
    catch {destroy .t}
    text .t
    .t tag cget sel -relief
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {raised}
................................................................................
    proc .t {args} { lappend ::res $args ; uplevel 1 test.t $args }
    .t edit undo
    return $res
} -cleanup {
    rename .t {}
    rename test.t .t
    destroy .t
} -result [list {edit undo} {delete 2.1 2.4} {mark set insert 2.1} {see insert} \
                {mark set tk::undoMarkL2 2.1} {mark set tk::undoMarkR2 2.4} \
                {mark gravity tk::undoMarkL2 left} {mark gravity tk::undoMarkR2 right} \
                {insert 2.1 ef} {mark set insert 2.3} {see insert} \
                {mark set tk::undoMarkL1 2.1} {mark set tk::undoMarkR1 2.3} \
                {mark gravity tk::undoMarkL1 left} {mark gravity tk::undoMarkR1 right} \
                {mark names} \
                {index tk::undoMarkL1} {index tk::undoMarkR1} \
                {mark unset tk::undoMarkL1 tk::undoMarkR1} \
                {index tk::undoMarkL2} {index tk::undoMarkR2} \
                {mark unset tk::undoMarkL2 tk::undoMarkR2} \
                {compare 2.1 > 2.3} {compare 2.6 > 2.3} ]

test text-8.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "replace" option with undo} -setup {
    text .t
} -body {
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1
aefghijklm
12345
Line 4
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {3}
test text-10.38 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count" option} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
} -body {
    .t configure -width 20 -height 10
    update
    .t insert end [string repeat "abcde " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "fghij " 50]\n
    .t insert end [string repeat "klmno " 50]
    .t count -lines -chars -indices -displaylines 1.0 end
................................................................................
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1 1}


test text-11.1 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t configure -wrap none
    list [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.0] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.1] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.2] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.3] \
................................................................................
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.6] \
      [.t count -displaychars 1.0 2.6] \
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 1 2 3 4 5 5 6}
test text-11.2 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag add elide1 1.2 1.4
    .t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
................................................................................
    .t tag add elide3 1.2 1.4
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.0 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {5 5}
test text-11.8 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t insert end "hello"
# Newer tags are higher priority
    .t tag configure elide1 -elide 0
    .t tag configure elide2 -elide 1
    .t tag add elide2 1.0 1.5
................................................................................
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.2 1.5]
    lappend res [.t count -displaychars 1.3 1.5]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 0 0 3 2 1 1}
test text-11.9 {counting with tag priority eliding} -setup {
    text .t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    set res {}
} -body {
    .t tag configure WELCOME -elide 1
    .t tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
    .t tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
    .t insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
    .t insert end "\n" WELCOME
................................................................................
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {1234}
test text-14.18 {ConfigureText procedure} -constraints fonts -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10
    pack .top.t
    update
    set geom [wm geometry .top]
    set x [string range $geom 0 [string first + $geom]]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {150x140+}
# This test was failing Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
................................................................................
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.19 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    wm geometry .top
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {20x10+0+0}
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .t was a certain
................................................................................
# to the appropriate size.
test text-14.20 {ConfigureText procedure} -setup {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -font {Courier -12} -borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 2
} -body {
    .top.t configure -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1
    wm overrideredirect .top 1
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
    set result [wm geometry .top]
    wm geometry .top 15x8
    update
    lappend result [wm geometry .top]
    .top.t configure -wrap word
................................................................................
abcde
12345
Line 4
}
test text-19.11 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    update
    .top.t delete 1.0 3.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {1.0 x}
test text-19.12 {DeleteChars procedure} -body {
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
    pack .top.t
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    .top.t insert 1.0 "abc\n123\nx\ny\nz\nq\nr\ns"
    .top.t yview 3.0
    update
    .top.t delete 2.0 4.0
    list [.top.t index @0,0] [.top.t get @0,0]
} -cleanup {
................................................................................
    toplevel .top
    text .top.t -width 6 -height 10 -wrap word
    frame .top.f -width 200 -height 20 -relief raised -bd 2
    pack .top.f .top.t -side left
    wm geometry .top +0+0
    update
} -body {
    .top.t insert end "abc def\n01 2a345 678 9101112\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\n6\n7\n8\n"
    .top.t yview 2.4
    .top.t delete 2.5
    set x [.top.t index @0,0]
    .top.t delete 2.5
    list $x [.top.t index @0,0]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .top
} -result {2.3 2.0}


test text-20.1 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add sel 1.3 3.4
    selection get
................................................................................
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.2 {TextFetchSelection procedure} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag add x 1.2
    .t tag add x 1.4
................................................................................
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {a.0a.1a.2a.3a.4
b.0b.1b.2b.3b.4
c.0c}
test text-20.3 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove sel 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 13.3
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {m}
test text-20.4 {TextFetchSelection procedure}  -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
} -body {
    foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
        .t insert end $i.0$i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4\n
    }
    .t tag remove x 1.0 end
    .t tag add sel 1.0 3.4
................................................................................
    selection get
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0a..1b.2b.3b.4
cj.0j.1j.2j.3j.4m}
test text-20.5 {TextFetchSelection procedure, long selections} -setup {
    text .t -width 20 -height 10
    pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
    update
    set x ""
} -body {
    for {set i 1} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
        append x "This is line $i, padded to just about 53 characters.\n"
    }
    .t insert end $x
................................................................................
    .t tag add sel 1.0 end
    expr {[selection get] eq "$x\n"}
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {1}


test text-21.1 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints {x11} -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
................................................................................
    .t2 tag add sel 1.2 3.3
    .t.e select from 0
    .t.e select to 1
    .t2 tag ranges sel
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .t2
} -result {}
test text-21.2 {TkTextLostSelection procedure} -constraints aquaOrWin32 -setup {
    text .t
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    entry .t.e
    .t.e insert end "abcdefg"
    text .t2
    .t2 insert 1.0 "abc\ndef\nghijk\n1234"
} -body {
................................................................................
    lappend res [.tt cget -autoseparators]
    lappend res [.t  cget -maxundo]
    lappend res [.tt cget -maxundo]
    .t insert end "The undo stack is common between peers"
    lappend res [.t  edit canundo]
    lappend res [.tt edit canundo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .tt
} -result {1 1 0 0 100 100 1 1}
test text-27.16b {undo configuration options with peers, defaults} -body {
    text .t
    .t peer create .tt
    set res     [.t  cget -undo]
    lappend res [.tt cget -undo]
    lappend res [.t  cget -autoseparators]
    lappend res [.tt cget -autoseparators]
    lappend res [.t  cget -maxundo]
    lappend res [.tt cget -maxundo]
    .t insert end "The undo stack is common between peers"
    lappend res [.t  edit canundo]
    lappend res [.tt edit canundo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .tt
} -result {0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0}
test text-27.17 {bug fix 1536735 - undo with empty text} -body {
    text .t -undo 1
    set r [.t edit modified]
    .t delete 1.0
    lappend r [.t edit modified]
    lappend r [catch {.t edit undo}]
    lappend r [.t edit modified]
................................................................................
    .t edit undo
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
    .t edit reset
    update ; lappend res $nbUS
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result {0 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9}
test text-27.26 {edit undo and edit redo return ranges} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t -undo true -autoseparators false
    .t insert end "Hello "
    .t edit separator
    .t insert end "World!\n"
    .t insert 1.6 "GREAT "
    .t insert end "Another edit here!!"
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
    .t edit separator
    .t delete 1.6
    .t delete 1.9 1.10
    .t insert 1.9 L
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
    .t replace 1.6 1.10 Tcl/Tk
    .t replace 2.8 2.12 "one bites the dust"
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list {1.6 2.0}           \
                {1.6 2.19}          \
                {1.6 1.7 1.10 1.12} \
                {1.6 1.7 1.9 1.11}  \
                {1.6 1.16 2.8 2.19} \
                {1.6 1.16 2.8 2.30} ]
test text-27.27 {edit undo and edit redo return ranges} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    text .t -undo true -autoseparators false
    for {set i 3} {$i >= 1} {incr i -1} {
        .t insert 1.0 "Line $i\n"
    }
    lappend res [.t edit undo]
    lappend res [.t edit redo]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list {1.0 2.0} \
                {1.0 4.0} ]
test text-27.28 {edit undo and edit redo do not leave \
                 spurious temporary marks behind them} -setup {
    destroy .t
    set res {}
} -body {
    pack [text .t -undo true -autoseparators false]
    .t insert end "Hello World.\n"
    .t edit separator
    .t insert end "Again hello.\n"
    .t edit undo
    lappend res [lsearch [.t mark names] tk::undoMark*]
    .t edit redo
    lappend res [lsearch [.t mark names] tk::undoMark*]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list -1 -1]


test text-28.1 {bug fix - 624372, ControlUtfProc long lines} -body {
    pack [text .t -wrap none]
    .t insert end [string repeat "\1" 500]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t

Changes to tests/textDisp.test.

35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
...
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
...
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
...
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
....
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954

1955
1956
1957
1958

1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
....
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
....
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
....
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
....
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
....
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
....
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
....
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
....
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
....
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
....
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
....
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow.  This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.

catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack append . .f left

set fixedFont {Courier -12}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
................................................................................
# 27 on XP, 27 on Solaris 8
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
# 21 on XP
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]

text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

................................................................................
    .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.19]
} [list [list 96 5 49 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.6 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 110 5 35 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.7 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {
................................................................................
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.1 1.20
    .t tag add x 1.21 1.end
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.36] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 43 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.17 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.20
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.36] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 19 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.18 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to extend out of the window\n"
    .t insert end "Then\nmore lines\nThat are shorter"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag configure y -justify right
................................................................................
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100
    pack before .f .f2 top
    wm geom . 103x103
    update
    .t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
    update
    set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout]
................................................................................
      -wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4

    .tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
    for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
	.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    update ; after 1000 ; update

    # Should scroll and should not crash!
    .tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit
    # Check that it has scrolled
    set res [.tf.f.t index @0,[expr [winfo height .tf.f.t] - 15]]

    destroy .tf
    set res
} {12.0}

.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert insert "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
................................................................................
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 10.0
    .t scan mark -10 60
    .t scan dragto -5 65
    set x [.t index @0,0]
    .t scan dragto 0 [expr {70 + $fixedDiff}]
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {9.15 8.31}
.t configure -xscrollcommand scroll -yscrollcommand {}
test textDisp-18.1 {GetXView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
................................................................................
test textDisp-19.11.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.1
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.5.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.5
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.20
} {1}
test textDisp-19.11.7 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.40
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines "16.0 displaylineend +1c" "16.0 lineend"
} {3}
................................................................................
test textDisp-19.11.17 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.1 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {15.5 16.0 15.0 16.0 16.15 16.33}
test textDisp-19.11.18 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "15.5 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -2d lines"] [.t index "15.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.17 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.36 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.2 11.3}
test textDisp-19.11.19 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    .t count -displaylines 12.0 17.0
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.20 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.38 16.50 16.33 16.50 16.67 17.0}
test textDisp-19.11.21 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "16.38 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.50 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.33 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.53 -4d lines"] [.t index "16.69 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "17.1 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 11.0 11.0 10.3 11.2 11.0}
test textDisp-19.11.22 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    list [.t index "end +5d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -3d lines"] [.t index "1.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "1.0 +4d lines"] [.t index "1.0 +50d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -50d lines"]
} {17.0 16.33 1.0 5.0 17.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.3" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +1d lines"] [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +1d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.17 16.33 16.28 16.46 16.28 16.49 16.65 16.72}
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
test textDisp-19.11.24 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +/-displaylines"} {
    list [.t index "11.5 + -1 display lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 + +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - -1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 -1 disp lines"] \
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    update ; after 10 ; update
    set scrollInfo "unchanged"
    .t mark set insert 3.0
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag add x 1.0 5.0
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    update
    .t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError
    proc bgerror args {
	global x errorInfo errorCode
	set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode]
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
    set res {}
    lappend res \
      [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -ypixels 15.0 16.0] \
................................................................................
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview -pickplace 53.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.15]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 49.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 57.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.4 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 42.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {8*$fixedDiff + 107}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
.t config -wrap none
test textDisp-20.5 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]

.t config -wrap word
test textDisp-21.1 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t index @-10,-10] [.t index @6,6] [.t index @22,6] \
	    [.t index @102,6] [.t index @38,[expr {$fixedHeight * 4 + 3}]] [.t index @44,67]
} {48.0 48.0 48.2 48.7 50.40 50.40}
.t insert end \n
test textDisp-21.2 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 195.0
    list [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 5 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 6 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 7 + 5}]] \
	    [.t index @11,1002]
} {197.1 198.1 199.1 201.0}
test textDisp-21.3 {TkTextPixelIndex, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
................................................................................
update
.t tag add x 50.1
test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 47.2] [.t bbox 48.0] [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] \
	    [.t bbox 58.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+4*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-22.2 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
................................................................................
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 47.3] [.t dlineinfo 48.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.40] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 56.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 55}] 126 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -bd 4 -wrap word
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    .t dlineinfo 50.40
} [list 7 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 59}] 126 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]
.t config -bd 0
test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
................................................................................
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 101 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 108 3 35 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]







|

|







 







|







 







|
|







 







|
|



|

|
|
|







 







|







 







>



|
>


|







 







|







 







|













|







 







|







 







|





|
|













|



|
|
|
|







|








|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|




|


|
|
|


|
|
|


|
|

|










|







 







|







 







|





|







 







|


|
|







35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
..
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
...
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
...
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
...
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
....
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
....
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
....
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
....
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
....
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
....
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
....
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
....
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
....
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
....
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
....
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
....
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow.  This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.

catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left

set fixedFont {"Courier New" -12}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
................................................................................
# 27 on XP, 27 on Solaris 8
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
# 21 on XP
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]

text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

................................................................................
    .t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.21]
} [list [list 96 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 138 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 145 5 0  $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.6 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
    list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 110 5 35 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.7 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {
................................................................................
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.1 1.20
    .t tag add x 1.21 1.end
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.41] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 61 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.17 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of very long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag add x 1.18
    list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.18] [.t bbox 1.35] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 15 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.18 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to extend out of the window\n"
    .t insert end "Then\nmore lines\nThat are shorter"
    .t tag configure x -justify center
    .t tag configure y -justify right
................................................................................
    # the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
    # causes subsequent tests to fail.

    if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
	wm overrideredirect . 1
    }
    frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100
    pack .f2 -before .f
    wm geom . 103x103
    update
    .t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
    update
    set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout]
................................................................................
      -wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4

    .tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
    for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
	.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    update ; after 1000 ; update
    set refind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]]
    # Should scroll and should not crash!
    .tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit
    # Check that it has scrolled
    set newind [.tf.f.t index @0,[winfo height .tf.f.t]]
    set res [.tf.f.t compare $newind > $refind]
    destroy .tf
    set res
} {1}

.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert insert "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
................................................................................
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 10.0
    .t scan mark -10 60
    .t scan dragto -5 65
    set x [.t index @0,0]
    .t scan dragto 0 [expr {70 + $fixedDiff}]
    list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {9.0 8.0}
.t configure -xscrollcommand scroll -yscrollcommand {}
test textDisp-18.1 {GetXView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap none
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
    .t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11 {GetYView procedure} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    .t yview insert
    update
    .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 1.0 end
................................................................................
test textDisp-19.11.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.1
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.5.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.5
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.24
} {1}
test textDisp-19.11.7 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines 16.0 16.40
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t count -displaylines "16.0 displaylineend +1c" "16.0 lineend"
} {3}
................................................................................
test textDisp-19.11.17 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.1 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {15.5 16.0 15.0 16.0 16.21 16.39}
test textDisp-19.11.18 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
    list [.t index "15.5 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -2d lines"] [.t index "15.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.0 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.23 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.42 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.2 11.3}
test textDisp-19.11.19 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    .t count -displaylines 12.0 17.0
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.20 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.44 16.57 16.39 16.57 16.74 17.0}
test textDisp-19.11.21 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "16.44 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.57 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.39 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "16.60 -4d lines"] [.t index "16.76 -4d lines"] \
      [.t index "17.0 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 11.0 11.0 10.3 11.2 11.0}
test textDisp-19.11.22 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    list [.t index "end +5d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -3d lines"] [.t index "1.0 -2d lines"] \
      [.t index "1.0 +4d lines"] [.t index "1.0 +50d lines"] \
      [.t index "end -50d lines"]
} {17.0 16.39 1.0 5.0 17.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
    .t tag remove elide 1.0 end
    .t tag add elide "12.3" "16.0 +1displaylines"
    list [.t index "11.5 +1d lines"] [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +1d lines"] \
      [.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
      [.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.23 16.44 16.39 16.57 16.39 16.60 16.77 16.79}
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
test textDisp-19.11.24 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +/-displaylines"} {
    list [.t index "11.5 + -1 display lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 + +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - -1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 - +1 disp lines"] \
      [.t index "11.5 -1 disp lines"] \
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
    update ; after 10 ; update
    set scrollInfo "unchanged"
    .t mark set insert 3.0
    .t tag configure x -background red
    .t tag add x 1.0 5.0
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a bit little left on the last line."
    update
    .t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError
    proc bgerror args {
	global x errorInfo errorCode
	set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode]
    }
    .t delete 1.0 end
................................................................................
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
    foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
	.t insert end "\nLine $i"
    }
    .t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
    .t insert end "times with a little bit left on the last line."
    # Need to update so everything is calculated.
    update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
    set res {}
    lappend res \
      [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] \
      [.t count -ypixels 15.0 16.0] \
................................................................................
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
    .t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview -pickplace 53.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.21]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 49.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.24] [.t dlineinfo 57.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.4 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 42.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.24] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {8*$fixedDiff + 107}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 133 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
.t config -wrap none
test textDisp-20.5 {FindDLine} {
    .t yview 100.0
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]

.t config -wrap word
test textDisp-21.1 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t index @-10,-10] [.t index @6,6] [.t index @22,6] \
	    [.t index @102,6] [.t index @38,[expr {$fixedHeight * 4 + 3}]] [.t index @44,67]
} {48.0 48.0 48.2 48.7 50.45 50.45}
.t insert end \n
test textDisp-21.2 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
    .t yview 195.0
    list [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 5 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 6 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 7 + 5}]] \
	    [.t index @11,1002]
} {197.1 198.1 199.1 201.0}
test textDisp-21.3 {TkTextPixelIndex, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
................................................................................
update
.t tag add x 50.1
test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 47.2] [.t bbox 48.0] [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] \
	    [.t bbox 58.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {3+4*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-22.2 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap char
................................................................................
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap word
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 47.3] [.t dlineinfo 48.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.40] \
	    [.t dlineinfo 56.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 55}] 91 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -bd 4 -wrap word
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    .t dlineinfo 50.40
} [list 7 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 59}] 91 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]
.t config -bd 0
test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
    .t config -wrap none
    update
    .t yview 48.0
    list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
................................................................................
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16] [.t bbox 1.17]
} [list [list 108 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 3 28 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
    .t configure -wrap word
    .t delete 1.0 end
    .t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
    wm geom . {}
    update
    list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]

Changes to tests/textIndex.test.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
...
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

................................................................................
    .t2 mark set $pos 1.0
    lappend res [.t2 index $pos]
    catch {destroy .t2}
    set res
} {3.4 3.0 1.0}

frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack append . .f left

set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]

set varFont {Times -14}
set bigFont {Helvetica -24}
destroy .t
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -wrap char
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.








|







 







|









|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
...
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
package require tcltest 2.1
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test

catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

................................................................................
    .t2 mark set $pos 1.0
    lappend res [.t2 index $pos]
    catch {destroy .t2}
    set res
} {3.4 3.0 1.0}

frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack .f -side left

set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]

set varFont {Times -14}
set bigFont {Helvetica -24}
destroy .t
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -wrap char
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

Changes to tests/textMark.test.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
entry .t.e
.t peer create .pt

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1







|







9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
entry .t.e
.t peer create .pt

.t insert 1.0 "Line 1

Changes to tests/textTag.test.

6
7
8
9
10
11
12















13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
....
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199

1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208









1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
....
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316


1317
1318

1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328

1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
....
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384


1385
1386
1387
1388

1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397

1398
1399
1400


1401
1402
1403
1404

1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414

1415
1416
1417


1418
1419
1420
1421

1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434

1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
















destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10

pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on

wm geometry . {}
set bigFont {Helvetica 24}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
................................................................................
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}




set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]










test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
................................................................................
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}

test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    set x [.t index current]
    .t tag add big 3.0
    update
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete big

} -result {3.2 3.1}

test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
................................................................................
    .t tag lower c
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}

test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.2}

test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.1}

test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {


    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update

} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2

    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
    .t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 2.1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big

} -result {3.1}


test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    # Objectification of the text widget had a problem







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|




<







 







|
>









>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|
>
>


>


|
|






>







 







|
>
>




>


|


|



>


|
>
>




>


|


|




>


|
>
>




>





|


|




>







6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38
39
40
41
42
43
....
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
....
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
....
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.

package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import ::tcltest::*
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

set textWidgetFont {Courier 12}
set bigFont        {Courier 24}

# what is needed is a font that is both fixed-width and featuring a
# specific size because in some tests (that will be constrained by
# haveFontSizes), a tag applying the $bigFont will be set to some
# characters, which action has the effect of changing what character
# is under the mouse pointer, which is the purpose of the tests
testConstraint haveFontSizes [expr {
    [font metrics $textWidgetFont -fixed] &&
    [font actual  $textWidgetFont -size] == 12 &&
    [font metrics $bigFont -fixed] &&
    [font actual  $bigFont -size] == 24 }
]

destroy .t
text .t -width 20 -height 10

pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on

wm geometry . {}


# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
................................................................................
    }
    .t tag names 2.1
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}


set curFont [.t cget -font]
set curWrap [.t cget -wrap]
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
.t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
update
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x4 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y4 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x5 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y5 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
.t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap

test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} -setup {
    .t tag delete x y
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
} -body {
    bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
    .t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
................................................................................
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -result {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}

test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x4 -y $y4
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    set x [.t index current]
    .t tag add big 3.0
    update
    lappend x [.t index current]
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.2 3.1}

test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -setup {
    foreach i {a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
................................................................................
    .t tag lower c
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
    return $x
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete {*}[.t tag names]
} -result {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}

test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.2}

test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.1}

test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} -constraints {
    haveFontSizes
} -setup {
    foreach i {big a b c d} {
        .t tag remove $i 1.0 end
    }
    event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
    .t configure -font $textWidgetFont -wrap none
} -body {
    .t tag configure big -font $bigFont
    .t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 3.2

    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x4 -y $y4
    .t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
    .t tag add a 2.1
    event gen .t <Motion> -x $x5 -y $y5
    update
    .t index current
} -cleanup {
    .t tag delete a big
    .t configure -font $curFont -wrap $curWrap
} -result {3.1}


test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} -setup {
    .t delete 1.0 end
} -body {
    # Objectification of the text widget had a problem

Changes to tests/textWind.test.

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.

option add *Text.borderWidth 2
option add *Text.highlightThickness 2
option add *Text.font {Courier -12}


deleteWindows
# Widget used in tests 1.* - 16.*
text .t -width 30 -height 6 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on

# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics {Courier -12} -linespace]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
set color [expr {[winfo depth .t] > 1 ? "green" : "black"}]

wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.







|





|




|







12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
tcltest::loadTestedCommands

# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.

option add *Text.borderWidth 2
option add *Text.highlightThickness 2
option add *Text.font {"Courier New" -12}


deleteWindows
# Widget used in tests 1.* - 16.*
text .t -width 30 -height 6 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack .t -expand 1 -fill both
update
.t debug on

# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics {"Courier New" -12} -linespace]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
set color [expr {[winfo depth .t] > 1 ? "green" : "black"}]

wm geometry . {}

# The statements below reset the main window;  it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.

Changes to tests/ttk/combobox.test.

41
42
43
44
45
46
47









48
49
50
51
52
53
54
test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body {
    .cb set "z"
    .cb current
} -result -1

test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }











test combobox-1890211 "ComboboxSelected event after listbox unposted" -body {
    # whitebox test...
    pack [ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c]]
    set result [list]
    bind .cb <<ComboboxSelected>> {
    	lappend result Event [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body {
    .cb set "z"
    .cb current
} -result -1

test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }

test combobox-3 "Read postoffset value dynamically from current style" -body {
    ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c] -style "DerivedStyle.TCombobox"
    pack .cb -expand true -fill both
    ttk::style configure DerivedStyle.TCombobox -postoffset [list 25 0 0 0]
    ttk::combobox::Post .cb
    expr {[winfo rootx .cb.popdown] - [winfo rootx .cb]}
} -result 25 -cleanup {
    destroy .cb
}

test combobox-1890211 "ComboboxSelected event after listbox unposted" -body {
    # whitebox test...
    pack [ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c]]
    set result [list]
    bind .cb <<ComboboxSelected>> {
    	lappend result Event [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]

Changes to tests/ttk/spinbox.test.

194
195
196
197
198
199
200





















201
202
203
204
205
206
207
} -body {
    .sb current 2
    .sb set "z"
    .sb current
} -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
} -result -1






















# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
    set SBV 55
    ttk::spinbox .sb -textvariable SBV -from 0 -to 100 -increment 5







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
} -body {
    .sb current 2
    .sb set "z"
    .sb current
} -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
} -result -1

test spinbox-3.0 "textarea should expand to fill widget" -setup {
    set SBV 5
    set ::spinbox_test {}
    ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 10 -textvariable SBV
} -body {
    grid .sb -sticky ew
    grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
    bind . <Map> {
        after idle {
            wm geometry . "210x80"
            after 100 {set ::spinbox_test [.sb identify element 5 5]}
        }
        bind . <Map> {}
    }
    after 500 {set ::spinbox_wait 1} ; vwait ::spinbox_wait
    set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
    unset -nocomplain ::spinbox_test SBV
} -result {textarea}

# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
    set SBV 55
    ttk::spinbox .sb -textvariable SBV -from 0 -to 100 -increment 5

Changes to tests/winFont.test.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {{Times New Roman} {Times New Roman} {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -result {{Courier New} {Courier New} {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -result {Arial Arial Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    # No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}









|








|








|







67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} -result {Times Times {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} -result {Courier Courier {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} -constraints {
    win
} -setup {
    set x {}
} -body {
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
    lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} -result {Helvetica Helvetica Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} -constraints {
    win
} -body {
    # No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} -result {}


Changes to unix/Makefile.in.

719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
....
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
		else true; \
		fi; \
	    done;
	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    (\
	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	    else \
	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
................................................................................
	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls

#
# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
# tables.
#

checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)







|







 







|







719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
....
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
		else true; \
		fi; \
	    done;
	@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
	    echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
	    (\
	    echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} return";\
	    relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
	    if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
	    echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	    else \
	    echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	    echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	    echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]] Tk]";\
................................................................................
	@echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date."
	@echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate."
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \
		$(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls
	$(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls

#
# Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs
# tables.
#

checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE)

Changes to unix/configure.

4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :

	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"

else

	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""

fi







|







4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    if test "$GCC" = yes; then :

	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"

else

	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""

fi

Changes to unix/tcl.m4.

1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
    ], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    ])
    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"







|







1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
    UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
    TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
    ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
    TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
    CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
    AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O2
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
    ], [
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
	CFLAGS_WARNING=""
    ])
    AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
    STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
    LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"

Changes to unix/tkUnixEvent.c.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40


41
42
43
44
45
46
47
...
175
176
177
178
179
180
181


182
183
184
185
186
187
188
...
659
660
661
662
663
664
665





























666
667
668
669
670
671
672
...
689
690
691
692
693
694
695

696
697
698
699











700
701
702
703
704
705
706
...
740
741
742
743
744
745
746

747
748
749
750
751
752
753

static void		DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void		DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS


static void		OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkCreateXEventSource --
................................................................................
    }
    dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    dispPtr->display = display;
    dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    OpenIM(dispPtr);


#endif
    Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
	    DisplayFileProc, dispPtr);
    return dispPtr;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    /*
     * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
     */

    TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS





























 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * OpenIM --
 *
 *	Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display.
................................................................................
    XIMStyles *stylePtr;
    XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;

    if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
	return;
    }


    dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
	return;
    }












    if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr,
	    NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
................................................................................

    return;

error:
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
	XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
	dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;

    }
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
 
void
TkpWarpPointer(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)







>
>







 







>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>




>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
...
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
...
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
...
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
...
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799

static void		DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void		DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void		TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
static void		InstantiateIMCallback(Display *, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data);
static void		DestroyIMCallback(XIM im, XPointer client_data, XPointer call_data);
static void		OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkCreateXEventSource --
................................................................................
    }
    dispPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
    memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
    dispPtr->display = display;
    dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
    OpenIM(dispPtr);
    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
#endif
    Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
	    DisplayFileProc, dispPtr);
    return dispPtr;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    /*
     * Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
     */

    TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
 
static void
InstantiateIMCallback(
    Display      *display,
    XPointer     client_data,
    XPointer     call_data)
{
    TkDisplay    *dispPtr;

    dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
    OpenIM(dispPtr);
    XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
}

static void
DestroyIMCallback(
    XIM         im,
    XPointer    client_data,
    XPointer    call_data)
{
    TkDisplay   *dispPtr;

    dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) client_data;
    dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
    ++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
    XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL,
	    InstantiateIMCallback, (XPointer) dispPtr);
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * OpenIM --
 *
 *	Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display.
................................................................................
    XIMStyles *stylePtr;
    XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;

    if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    ++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
    dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
	return;
    }

    /* Require X11R6 */
    {
	XIMCallback destroy_cb;

	destroy_cb.callback = DestroyIMCallback;
	destroy_cb.client_data = (XPointer) dispPtr;
	if (XSetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNDestroyCallback,
		&destroy_cb, NULL))
	    goto error;
    }

    if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr,
	    NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) {
	goto error;
    }

    /*
................................................................................

    return;

error:
    if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
	XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
	dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
	++dispPtr->ximGeneration;
    }
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
 
void
TkpWarpPointer(
    TkDisplay *dispPtr)

Changes to unix/tkUnixFont.c.

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
...
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
...
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446








447
448
449
450
451
452
453
...
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
...
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
....
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
....
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
....
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408


1409
1410

1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
....
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
....
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
....
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
....
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
....
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */

/*
 * The preferred font encodings.
 */

static const char *const encodingList[] = {
    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL
};

/*
 * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
 * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
 * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
................................................................................
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
 * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		10

#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    int refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
    /*
     * Key.
     */

    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */
................................................................................
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
 * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
 */

static EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
    {"big5",		"big5*"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},
................................................................................
				 * the conversion. */
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    int result;
    static char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
    static char mapChars[] = {
	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
    };

    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;
................................................................................
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6;

    for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}
	src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	dst[0] = '\\';
	if ((ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) {
	    dst[1] = mapChars[ch];
	    dst += 2;
	} else if (ch < 256) {
	    dst[1] = 'x';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 4;
	} else {
	    dst[1] = 'u';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf];
	    dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 6;








	}
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
    return result;
}
................................................................................
	srcLen--;
    }

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - TCL_UTF_MAX;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}

................................................................................
    int result, numChars;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
	srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
................................................................................
    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];

    if (numBytes == 0) {
	curX = 0;
	curByte = 0;
    } else if (maxLength < 0) {
	const char *p, *end, *next;
	Tcl_UniChar ch;
	SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
	FontFamily *familyPtr;
	Tcl_DString runString;

	/*
	 * A three step process:
	 * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be
................................................................................
	 * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
	 * 3. Measure converted chars.
	 */

	curX = 0;
	end = source + numBytes;
	for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	    if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			p - source, &runString);
		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
		    curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
................................................................................
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{


    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/


    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x, y);
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateClosestFont --
 *
................................................................................
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    int i;

    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    familyPtr->refCount--;
    if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) {
	return;
    }
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
	    ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
	}
................................................................................
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
				 * updated. */
    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
				 * cache. */
{
    char buf[16], src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
    int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo;
    int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    XCharStruct *widths;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
................................................................................
{
    int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
    Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
    const char *charset, *hateCharset;
    unsigned bestScore[2];
    char **nameList;
    char **nameListOrig;
    char src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
    FontAttributes want, got;
    Display *display;
    SubFont subFont;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    Tcl_DString dsEncodings;
    Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr;

................................................................................
	} else if (diff < 0) {
	    penalty += 150;
	    diff = -diff;
	}
	penalty += 150 * diff;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
	int i;
	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;

	penalty += 65000;
	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
	    penalty += 30000;
	    for (i = 0; encodingList[i] != NULL; i++) {
		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
		    penalty -= 30000;
		    break;
		}
		penalty += 20000;
	    }
	}
................................................................................
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const char *
GetEncodingAlias(
    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
{
    EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;

    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
	if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) {
	    return aliasPtr->realName;
	}
	aliasPtr++;
    }







|
|







 







|

|




|







 







|







 







|

|
|







 







|

|







|






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







>
>


>

|







 







|
<







 







|







 







|







 







|







|







 







|







15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
..
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
...
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
...
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
...
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
...
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
...
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
....
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
....
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
....
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
....
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922

1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
....
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
....
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
....
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
....
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
#include <netinet/in.h>		/* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h>		/* inet_ntoa() */

/*
 * The preferred font encodings.
 */

static const char encodingList[][10] = {
    "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212"
};

/*
 * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
 * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
 * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
................................................................................
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
 * family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT		12

#define FONTMAP_PAGES		(1 << (21 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
    /*
     * Key.
     */

    Tk_Uid foundry;		/* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */
................................................................................
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
 * encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
 */

static const EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
    {"gb2312-raw",	"gb2312*"},
    {"big5",		"big5*"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*-1"},
    {"cns11643-1",	"cns11643*.1-0"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*-2"},
    {"cns11643-2",	"cns11643*.2-0"},
    {"jis0201",		"jisx0201*"},
................................................................................
				 * the conversion. */
    int *dstCharsPtr)		/* Filled with the number of characters that
				 * correspond to the bytes stored in the
				 * output buffer. */
{
    const char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
    char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
    int ch;
    int result;
    static const char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
    static const char mapChars[] = {
	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
	'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
    };

    result = TCL_OK;

    srcStart = src;
................................................................................
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6;

    for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}
	src += TkUtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
	dst[0] = '\\';
	if (((size_t) ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) {
	    dst[1] = mapChars[ch];
	    dst += 2;
	} else if (ch < 256) {
	    dst[1] = 'x';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 4;
	} else if (ch < 0x10000) {
	    dst[1] = 'u';
	    dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf];
	    dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf];
	    dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
	    dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
	    dst += 6;
	} else {
	    /* TODO we can do better here */
	    dst[1] = 'u';
	    dst[2] = 'f';
	    dst[3] = 'f';
	    dst[4] = 'f';
	    dst[5] = 'd';
	    dst += 6;
	}
    }
    *srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
    *dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
    *dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
    return result;
}
................................................................................
	srcLen--;
    }

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 4;

    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
	if (dst > dstEnd) {
	    result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
	    break;
	}

................................................................................
    int result, numChars;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;

    srcStart = src;
    srcEnd = src + srcLen;
    srcClose = srcEnd;
    if (!(flags & TCL_ENCODING_END)) {
	srcClose -= 4;
    }

    dstStart = dst;
    dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;

    result = TCL_OK;
    for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
................................................................................
    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];

    if (numBytes == 0) {
	curX = 0;
	curByte = 0;
    } else if (maxLength < 0) {
	const char *p, *end, *next;
	int ch;
	SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
	FontFamily *familyPtr;
	Tcl_DString runString;

	/*
	 * A three step process:
	 * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be
................................................................................
	 * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
	 * 3. Measure converted chars.
	 */

	curX = 0;
	end = source + numBytes;
	for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	    if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			p - source, &runString);
		if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
		    curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
................................................................................
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{
    int widthUntilStart;

    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/

    Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * CreateClosestFont --
 *
................................................................................
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
    int i;

    if (familyPtr == NULL) {
	return;
    }
    if (familyPtr->refCount-- > 1) {

	return;
    }
    Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
    for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
	if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
	    ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
	}
................................................................................
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
				 * updated. */
    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
				 * cache. */
{
    char buf[16], src[4];
    int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo;
    int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    XCharStruct *widths;
    ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
	    Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
................................................................................
{
    int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
    Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
    const char *charset, *hateCharset;
    unsigned bestScore[2];
    char **nameList;
    char **nameListOrig;
    char src[4];
    FontAttributes want, got;
    Display *display;
    SubFont subFont;
    XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
    Tcl_DString dsEncodings;
    Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr;

................................................................................
	} else if (diff < 0) {
	    penalty += 150;
	    diff = -diff;
	}
	penalty += 150 * diff;
    }
    if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
	size_t i;
	const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;

	penalty += 65000;
	gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
	wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
	if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
	    penalty += 30000;
	    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(encodingList)/sizeof(encodingList[0]); i++) {
		if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
		    penalty -= 30000;
		    break;
		}
		penalty += 20000;
	    }
	}
................................................................................
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static const char *
GetEncodingAlias(
    const char *name)		/* The name to look up. */
{
    const EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;

    for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
	if (Tcl_StringMatch(name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) {
	    return aliasPtr->realName;
	}
	aliasPtr++;
    }

Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.

65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
...
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    static Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
	{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
	{ 0,0 }
    };

    Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}
 
................................................................................
    int len = 0;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */

    curX = 0;
    curByte = 0;
    sawNonSpace = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {
	Tcl_UniChar unichar;

	clen = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
	c = (FcChar32) unichar;

	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This can't happen (but see #1185640)
	     */








|







 







|

|







65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
...
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    static const Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
	{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
	{ 0,0 }
    };

    Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}
 
................................................................................
    int len = 0;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */

    curX = 0;
    curByte = 0;
    sawNonSpace = 0;
    while (numBytes > 0) {
	int unichar;

	clen = TkUtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
	c = (FcChar32) unichar;

	if (clen <= 0) {
	    /*
	     * This can't happen (but see #1185640)
	     */

Changes to unix/tkUnixSelect.c.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
...
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
				 * transfer. */
    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX];	/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;

/*
 * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
 * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
 * function and TkSelPropProc.
................................................................................
			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));

		/*
		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
		 */

		if (srcLen > TCL_UTF_MAX) {
		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
		}
		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.







|







 







|







17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
...
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
				 * for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
				 * been transferred for this conversion. -2
				 * means only the final zero-length transfer
				 * still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
				 * offset of the next chunk of data to
				 * transfer. */
    Tcl_EncodingState state;	/* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
    char buffer[4];		/* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
				 * that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;

/*
 * When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
 * following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
 * function and TkSelPropProc.
................................................................................
			(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));

		/*
		 * Preserve any left-over bytes.
		 */

		if (srcLen > 4) {
		    Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
		}
		memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
		Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
	    } else {
		/*
		 * Set the property to the encoded string value.

Changes to unix/tkUnixWm.c.

1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
....
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
....
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
....
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
....
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
....
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
....
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
....
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
....
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
    int index, length;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    Tk_Window targetWin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
	    && (length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
................................................................................
	    }
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	XTextProperty textProp;
	Tcl_DString ds;

	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
................................................................................
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {
................................................................................
	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
	}
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
    }
    UpdateHints(winPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
................................................................................
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;
    int length;

    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->title) {
................................................................................
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;







|











|
|
|







 







<












|







 







|







 







<











|







 







|







 







<







 







|
|







 







<







 







|
|







1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
....
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459

1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
....
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
....
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073

2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
....
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
....
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334

2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
....
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
....
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470

3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
....
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
	WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP,
	WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
	WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO,
	WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE,
	WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, WMOPT_POSITIONFROM,
	WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, WMOPT_STACKORDER,
	WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
    int index;
    const char *argv1;
    TkWindow *winPtr;
    Tk_Window targetWin;
    TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;

    if (objc < 2) {
    wrongNumArgs:
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
    if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", objv[1]->length) == 0)
	    && (objv[1]->length >= 3)) {
	int wmTracing;

	if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
	    Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	if (objc == 2) {
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
		    Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->clientMachine, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    if (argv3[0] == 0) {
	if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
	    wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
	    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
		XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
			Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
................................................................................
	    }
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
    }
    wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
    strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
    if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	XTextProperty textProp;
	Tcl_DString ds;

	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
	if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
................................................................................
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    Tk_Window tkwin2;
    WmInfo *wmPtr2;
    const char *argv3;


    if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->leaderName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
    if (*argv3 == '\0') {
	wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
    } else {
................................................................................
	    CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
	}
	if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
	}
	wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
	wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
	wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
    }
    UpdateHints(winPtr);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
................................................................................
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
................................................................................
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Toplevel to work with */
    Tcl_Interp *interp,		/* Current interpreter. */
    int objc,			/* Number of arguments. */
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])	/* Argument objects. */
{
    register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
    const char *argv3;


    if (objc > 4) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    if (objc == 3) {
	if (wmPtr->title) {
................................................................................
	} else {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->nameUid, -1));
	}
    } else {
	if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
	    ckfree(wmPtr->title);
	}
	argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	wmPtr->title = ckalloc(objv[3]->length + 1);
	strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);

	if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
	    UpdateTitle(winPtr);
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;

Changes to win/Makefile.in.

166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
...
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
...
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@

# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE

# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @MAN2TCLFLAGS@

AR		= @AR@
RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
CC		= @CC@
................................................................................
		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
	    fi; \
	    done
	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
	@(\
	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} return";\
	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
	echo "} else {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	echo "}";\
	) > $(PKG_INDEX);
................................................................................
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"

#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#







|







 







|







 







|







166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
...
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
...
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@

# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @MAN2TCLFLAGS@

AR		= @AR@
RANLIB		= @RANLIB@
CC		= @CC@
................................................................................
		echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
		$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
	    fi; \
	    done
	@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
	@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
	@(\
	echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} return";\
	echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
	echo "	|| ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]] Tk]";\
	echo "} else {";\
	echo "    package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]] Tk]";\
	echo "}";\
	) > $(PKG_INDEX);
................................................................................
	@echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!"

genstubs:
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \
	    "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls"
	$(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)" \
	    "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls"

#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#

Changes to win/configure.

4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"








|







4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"

Changes to win/makefile.vc.

957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6.0}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(TK_DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<







|







957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
	@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
	@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
	@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
	@echo creating package index
	@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.6-}]} { return }
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
	|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(TK_DOTVERSION).dll] Tk]
} else {
    package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk]
}
<<

Deleted win/mkd.bat.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
@echo off

if exist %1\nul goto end

md %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end

echo Created directory %1

:end


<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
























Deleted win/rmd.bat.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
@echo off

if not exist %1\nul goto end

echo Removing directory %1

if "%OS%" == "Windows_NT" goto winnt

deltree /y %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end
goto success

:winnt
rmdir /s /q %1
if errorlevel 1 goto end

:success
echo Deleted directory %1

:end
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<








































Changes to win/rules.vc.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
...
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
...
226
227
228
229
230
231
232




233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240

241
242
243
244
245
246
247
...
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
...
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
...
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
COPY	= copy >NUL
!else
CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
COPY	= copy /y >NUL
!endif
!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
CPY	= xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
COPY	= copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
RMDIR	= deltree /Y
NULL    = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
!endif
MKDIR   = mkdir

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_HASH=^#
................................................................................

!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif

COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 -DUNICODE -D_UNICODE

# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif
................................................................................
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD	= 1
!else
STATIC_BUILD	= 0
!endif




!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
MSVCRT		= 0

!endif
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
................................................................................


#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the checks requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
WARNINGS		    = -W3
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
!message *** Doing nodep check
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
!else
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS		    = -W4
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
!endif
................................................................................
!endif
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set our defines now armed with our options.
#----------------------------------------------------------

OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
................................................................................
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif

!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif







<









<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







|







 







>
>
>
>








>







 







|




|

|







 







|







 







|
|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35

36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44







45
46
47
48
49
50
51
...
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
...
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
...
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
...
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
...
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------


RMDIR	= rmdir /S /Q
ERRNULL  = 2>NUL
!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
CPY	= echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
COPY	= copy >NUL
!else
CPY	= xcopy /i /y >NUL
COPY	= copy /y >NUL
!endif







MKDIR   = mkdir

#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_HASH=^#
................................................................................

!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS     = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif

COMPILERFLAGS  =-W3 /DUNICODE /D_UNICODE /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS  = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif
................................................................................
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD	= 1
!else
STATIC_BUILD	= 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "nomsvcrt"]
!message *** Doing nomsvcrt
MSVCRT		= 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT		= 1
!else
MSVCRT		= 0
!endif
!endif
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES	= 0
................................................................................


#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the checks requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------

!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
TK_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
WARNINGS		    = -W3
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
!message *** Doing nodep check
TK_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 1
!else
TK_NO_DEPRECATED	    = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS		    = -W4
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3]
LINKERFLAGS		    = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
!endif
................................................................................
!endif
!endif

#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set our defines now armed with our options.
#----------------------------------------------------------

OPTDEFINES	= -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED

!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG -DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
................................................................................
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TK_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif

!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES	= $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif

Changes to win/tcl.m4.

723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"








|







723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

	EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"

	CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
	CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
	CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wwrite-strings -Wsign-compare -Wdeclaration-after-statement"
	LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
	LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=

	# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
	CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
	CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"

Changes to win/tkWin.h.

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23



24
25
26
27
28



29
30
31
32
33
34
35
#define _TKWIN

/*
 * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
 * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
 * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
 *
 * WINVER = 0x0500 means Windows 2000 and above
 */




#ifndef WINVER
#define WINVER 0x0500
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500



#endif

#ifndef _TK
#include <tk.h>
#endif

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN







|


>
>
>

|


|
>
>
>







14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
#define _TKWIN

/*
 * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular
 * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that
 * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignments.
 *
 * NTDDI_VERSION = 0x0600 means Windows Vista and above
 */

#ifndef NTDDI_VERSION
#define NTDDI_VERSION 0x06000000
#endif
#ifndef WINVER
#define WINVER 0x0600
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
#endif
#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0600
#endif

#ifndef _TK
#include <tk.h>
#endif

#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN

Changes to win/tkWinClipboard.c.

410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
UpdateClipboard(
    HWND hwnd)
{
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
    OpenClipboard(hwnd);
    EmptyClipboard();

    /*
     * CF_UNICODETEXT is only supported on NT, but it it is prefered when
     * possible.
     */

    if (TkWinGetPlatformId() != VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS) {
	SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, NULL);
    } else {
	SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, NULL);
    }
    CloseClipboard();
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(FALSE);
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *







<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<







410
411
412
413
414
415
416






417



418
419
420
421
422
423
424
UpdateClipboard(
    HWND hwnd)
{
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
    OpenClipboard(hwnd);
    EmptyClipboard();







    SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, NULL);



    CloseClipboard();
    TkWinUpdatingClipboard(FALSE);
}
 
/*
 *--------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to win/tkWinDraw.c.

482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
...
595
596
597
598
599
600
601















602
603
604
605
606
607
608
...
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
...
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687

688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701

702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711

712
713
714
715
716
717
718
...
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
...
981
982
983
984
985
986
987





















988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
....
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
























1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
....
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
























1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the
 *	specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
................................................................................
    BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
	    SRCCOPY);
    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
    DeleteDC(dcMem);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}















 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillRectangles --
 *
 *	Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
................................................................................
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XRectangle *rectangles,
    int nrectangles)
{
    HDC dc;
    int i;
    RECT rect;
    TkWinDCState state;
    HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;

    if (d == None) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
................................................................................

	/*
	 * For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
	 * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
	 * result with the stipple pattern.
	 */

	for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
	    bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[i].width,
		    rectangles[i].height);
	    oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
	    rect.left = 0;
	    rect.top = 0;
	    rect.right = rectangles[i].width;
	    rect.bottom = rectangles[i].height;
	    FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
	    BitBlt(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y, rectangles[i].width,
		    rectangles[i].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
	    if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
		FillRect(dcMem, &rect, bgBrush);
		BitBlt(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y,
			rectangles[i].width, rectangles[i].height, dcMem,
			0, 0, COPYBG);
	    }
	    SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
	    DeleteObject(bitmap);

	}

	DeleteDC(dcMem);
	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	DeleteObject(stipple);
	DeleteObject(bgBrush);
    } else {
	if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
	    for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
		rect.left = rectangles[i].x;
		rect.right = rect.left + rectangles[i].width;
		rect.top = rectangles[i].y;
		rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[i].height;
		FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);

	    }
	} else {
	    HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
	    HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
	    oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);

	    for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
		Rectangle(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y,
		    rectangles[i].x + rectangles[i].width + 1,
		    rectangles[i].y + rectangles[i].height + 1);

	    }

	    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	    SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
	    DeleteObject(newPen);
	}
    }
................................................................................
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawRectangle --
 *
 *	Draws a rectangle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
    Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);

    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}





















 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArc --
 *
 *	Draw an arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}
























 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillArc --
 *
 *	Draw a filled arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}
























 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawOrFillArc --
 *
 *	This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







<







 







|
|
|



|
|

|
|


|
|




>








|
|
|
|
|

>






|
|
|
|
>







 







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
...
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
...
636
637
638
639
640
641
642

643
644
645
646
647
648
649
...
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
...
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
...
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
....
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
....
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkPutImage, XPutImage --
 *
 *	Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the
 *	specified drawable.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
................................................................................
    BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
	    SRCCOPY);
    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
    DeleteDC(dcMem);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

int
XPutImage(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,			/* Destination drawable. */
    GC gc,
    XImage *image,		/* Source image. */
    int src_x, int src_y,	/* Offset of subimage. */
    int dest_x, int dest_y,	/* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
				/* Dimensions of subimage. */
{
    return TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, d, gc, image,
		src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillRectangles --
 *
 *	Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
................................................................................
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XRectangle *rectangles,
    int nrectangles)
{
    HDC dc;

    RECT rect;
    TkWinDCState state;
    HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;

    if (d == None) {
	return BadDrawable;
    }
................................................................................

	/*
	 * For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
	 * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
	 * result with the stipple pattern.
	 */

	while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
	    bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[0].width,
		    rectangles[0].height);
	    oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
	    rect.left = 0;
	    rect.top = 0;
	    rect.right = rectangles[0].width;
	    rect.bottom = rectangles[0].height;
	    FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
	    BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y, rectangles[0].width,
		    rectangles[0].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
	    if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
		FillRect(dcMem, &rect, bgBrush);
		BitBlt(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
			rectangles[0].width, rectangles[0].height, dcMem,
			0, 0, COPYBG);
	    }
	    SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
	    DeleteObject(bitmap);
	    ++rectangles;
	}

	DeleteDC(dcMem);
	SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	DeleteObject(stipple);
	DeleteObject(bgBrush);
    } else {
	if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
	    while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
		rect.left = rectangles[0].x;
		rect.right = rect.left + rectangles[0].width;
		rect.top = rectangles[0].y;
		rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[0].height;
		FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);
		++rectangles;
	    }
	} else {
	    HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
	    HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
	    oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);

	    while (nrectangles-- > 0) {
		Rectangle(dc, rectangles[0].x, rectangles[0].y,
		    rectangles[0].x + rectangles[0].width + 1,
		    rectangles[0].y + rectangles[0].height + 1);
		++rectangles;
	    }

	    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
	    SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
	    DeleteObject(newPen);
	}
    }
................................................................................
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawRectangle, XDrawRectangles --
 *
 *	Draws a rectangle.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
    Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);

    DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
    SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
    TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
    return Success;
}

int
XDrawRectangles(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XRectangle rects[],
    int nrects)
{
    int ret = Success;

    while (nrects-- > 0) {
	ret = XDrawRectangle(display, d, gc, rects[0].x, rects[0].y,
		    rects[0].width, rects[0].height);
	if (ret != Success) {
	    break;
	}
	++rects;
    }
    return ret;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XDrawArc, XDrawArcs --
 *
 *	Draw an arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}

int
XDrawArcs(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XArc *arcs,
    int narcs)
{
    int ret = Success;

    display->request++;

    while (narcs-- > 0) {
	ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
		    arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
		    arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 0);
	if (ret != Success) {
	    break;
	}
	++arcs;
    }
    return ret;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XFillArc, XFillArcs --
 *
 *	Draw a filled arc.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
    unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
    int start, int extent)
{
    display->request++;

    return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}

int
XFillArcs(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XArc *arcs,
    int narcs)
{
    int ret = Success;

    display->request++;

    while (narcs-- > 0) {
	ret = DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, arcs[0].x, arcs[0].y,
		    arcs[0].width, arcs[0].height,
		    arcs[0].angle1, arcs[0].angle2, 1);
	if (ret != Success) {
	    break;
	}
	++arcs;
    }
    return ret;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * DrawOrFillArc --
 *
 *	This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and

Changes to win/tkWinFont.c.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
...
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
...
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
...
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
...
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
...
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
...
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
....
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
....
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
....
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
....
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
....
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
....
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
....
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
....
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
....
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409


1410


1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
....
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462








1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
....
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
....
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
....
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
....
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    10

#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
................................................................................
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{
    if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
	/*
	 * If running NT, then we will be calling some Unicode functions
	 * explictly. So, even if the Tcl system encoding isn't Unicode, make
	 * sure we convert to/from the Unicode char set.
	 */

	systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
    }

    TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
................................................................................
				 * memory allocation */
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr =
	    FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
				 * character */
    FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
    HFONT oldfont;		/* Saved font from the device context */
    TEXTMETRICA tm;		/* Font metrics of the selected subfont */

    /*
     * Get the font attributes.
     */

    oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont0);
    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);
    SelectObject(hdc, oldfont);
    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
    faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName;
    faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,
	    tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight);
    faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
................................................................................
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HFONT oldFont;
    WinFont *fontPtr;
    int curX, moretomeasure;
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    SIZE size;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
    const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;

    if (numBytes == 0) {
................................................................................
     */

    moretomeasure = 0;
    curX = 0;
    start = source;
    end = start + numBytes;
    for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
................................................................................
	char buf[16];
	int dstWrote;
	int lastSize = 0;

	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
	for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		    &dstWrote, NULL);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
................................................................................
    if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
	/*
	 * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
	 * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
	 */

	const char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
	Tcl_UniChar ch2;

	end = p;
	p = source;
	ch = ' ';
	while (p < end) {
	    next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch2);
	    if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) {
		lastWordBreak = p;
	    }
	    p = next;
	    ch = ch2;
	}

................................................................................
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
................................................................................
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		0.0);
	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
................................................................................
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
................................................................................
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRICA tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetricsA(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		angle);
	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
................................................................................
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{


    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/


    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x, y);
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MultiFontTextOut --
 *
................................................................................
				 * following string. */
    const char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
    int numBytes,		/* Length of string in bytes. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)
{
    Tcl_UniChar ch;
    SIZE size;
    HFONT oldFont;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    const char *p, *end, *next;
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
    TEXTMETRICA tm;

    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
    oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);

    end = source + numBytes;
    for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);








	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    if (p > source) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			(int) (p - source), &runString);
		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
................................................................................
			&size);
		x += size.cx;
		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    }
	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
	    source = p;
	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
	    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);
	}
	p = next;
    }
    if (p > source) {
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
		(int) (p - source), &runString);
................................................................................
				 * the tmStruckOut field. */
    WinFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
				 * the above arguments. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HWND hwnd;
    HFONT oldFont;
    TEXTMETRICA tm;
    Window window;
    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];

    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);

    GetTextMetricsA(hdc, &tm);

    /*
     * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
     * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we
     * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
     * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international
     * characters.
................................................................................
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
				 * updated. */
    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
				 * cache. */
{
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    char src[TCL_UTF_MAX], buf[16];
    USHORT *startCount, *endCount;
    int i, j, bitOffset, end, segCount;

    subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
    memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);

    familyPtr = subFontPtr->familyPtr;
................................................................................
FamilyExists(
    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
{
    int result;
    Tcl_DString faceString;

    /*
     * Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so
     * ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the
     * corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected.
     */

    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Courier") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Times") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }
    if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) {
	return 0;
    }

    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);

    /*
     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
     * non-zero value.







|

|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<







 







|






|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|





|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







>
>

>
>

|







 







|






|



|



|

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|







 







|







 







|












|







 







|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
...
258
259
260
261
262
263
264







265


266
267
268
269
270
271
272
...
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
...
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
...
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
...
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
...
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
....
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
....
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
....
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
....
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
....
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
....
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
....
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
....
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
....
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
....
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
....
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
....
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
....
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
....
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
















2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
 * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
 * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
 * a given Unicode character.
 *
 * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
 */

#define FONTMAP_SHIFT	    12

#define FONTMAP_PAGES	    	(1 << (21 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE	(1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)

typedef struct FontFamily {
    struct FontFamily *nextPtr;	/* Next in list of all known font families. */
    size_t refCount;		/* How many SubFonts are referring to this
				 * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
				 * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
................................................................................
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

void
TkpFontPkgInit(
    TkMainInfo *mainPtr)	/* The application being created. */
{







    systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();


    TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
}
 
/*
 *---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpGetNativeFont --
................................................................................
				 * memory allocation */
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr =
	    FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
				/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
				 * character */
    FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
    HFONT oldfont;		/* Saved font from the device context */
    TEXTMETRIC tm;		/* Font metrics of the selected subfont */

    /*
     * Get the font attributes.
     */

    oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont0);
    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
    SelectObject(hdc, oldfont);
    ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
    faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName;
    faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,
	    tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight);
    faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
    faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
................................................................................
    int *lengthPtr)		/* Filled with x-location just after the
				 * terminating character. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HFONT oldFont;
    WinFont *fontPtr;
    int curX, moretomeasure;
    int ch;
    SIZE size;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
    const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;

    if (numBytes == 0) {
................................................................................
     */

    moretomeasure = 0;
    curX = 0;
    start = source;
    end = start + numBytes;
    for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
	if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
	    familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
		    (int) (p - start), &runString);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
................................................................................
	char buf[16];
	int dstWrote;
	int lastSize = 0;

	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
	Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
	for (p = start; p < end; ) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	    Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
		    (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
		    &dstWrote, NULL);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
	    size.cx = 0;
	    familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc(hdc,
		    (TCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
................................................................................
    if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
	/*
	 * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
	 * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
	 */

	const char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
	int ch2;

	end = p;
	p = source;
	ch = ' ';
	while (p < end) {
	    next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch2);
	    if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) {
		lastWordBreak = p;
	    }
	    p = next;
	    ch = ch2;
	}

................................................................................
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
................................................................................
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		0.0);
	BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
................................................................................
    if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
	    || gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
	    && gc->stipple != None) {
	TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
	HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
	    Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
	}

	/*
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	/*
	 * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
	 * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
................................................................................
	SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
	MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, (int)x, (int)y, angle);
    } else {
	HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
	HDC dcMem;
	TEXTMETRIC tm;
	SIZE size;

	dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);

	SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
	SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
	SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
................................................................................
	SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));

	/*
	 * Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
	 */

	GetTextExtentPointA(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
	GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
	size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
	bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
	oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);

	MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent,
		angle);
	BitBlt(dc, (int)x, (int)y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
................................................................................
    int numBytes,		/* Number of bytes in string. */
    int rangeStart,		/* Index of first byte to draw. */
    int rangeLength,		/* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
    int x, int y)		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
				 * whole (not just the range) string when
				 * drawing. */
{
    int widthUntilStart;

    (void) numBytes; /*unused*/

    Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, rangeStart, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
    Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
	    rangeLength, x+widthUntilStart, y);
}
 
/*
 *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * MultiFontTextOut --
 *
................................................................................
				 * following string. */
    const char *source,		/* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
    int numBytes,		/* Length of string in bytes. */
    int x, int y,		/* Coordinates at which to place origin of
				 * string when drawing. */
    double angle)
{
    int ch;
    SIZE size;
    HFONT oldFont;
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_DString runString;
    const char *p, *end, *next;
    SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;

    lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
    oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);

    end = source + numBytes;
    for (p = source; p < end; ) {
	next = p + TkUtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
	thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);

	/*
	 * The drawing API has a limit of 32767 pixels in one go.
	 * To avoid spending time on a rare case we do not measure each char,
	 * instead we limit to drawing chunks of 200 bytes since that works
	 * well in practice.
	 */

	if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
	    if (p > source) {
		familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 		Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
			(int) (p - source), &runString);
		familyPtr->textOutProc(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
			(TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
			Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
................................................................................
			&size);
		x += size.cx;
		Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
	    }
	    lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
	    source = p;
	    SelectFont(hdc, fontPtr, lastSubFontPtr, angle);
	    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
	}
	p = next;
    }
    if (p > source) {
	familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
 	Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
		(int) (p - source), &runString);
................................................................................
				 * the tmStruckOut field. */
    WinFont *fontPtr)		/* Filled with information constructed from
				 * the above arguments. */
{
    HDC hdc;
    HWND hwnd;
    HFONT oldFont;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    Window window;
    TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    Tcl_DString faceString;
    TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
    TCHAR buf[LF_FACESIZE];

    window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
    hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
    hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
    oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);

    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);

    /*
     * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
     * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we
     * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
     * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international
     * characters.
................................................................................
    SubFont *subFontPtr,	/* Contains font mapping cache to be
				 * updated. */
    int row)			/* Index of the page to be loaded into the
				 * cache. */
{
    FontFamily *familyPtr;
    Tcl_Encoding encoding;
    char src[XMaxTransChars], buf[16];
    USHORT *startCount, *endCount;
    int i, j, bitOffset, end, segCount;

    subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
    memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);

    familyPtr = subFontPtr->familyPtr;
................................................................................
FamilyExists(
    HDC hdc,			/* HDC in which font family will be used. */
    const char *faceName)	/* Font family to query. */
{
    int result;
    Tcl_DString faceString;

















    Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);

    /*
     * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
     * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
     * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
     * non-zero value.

Changes to win/tkWinKey.c.

84
85
86
87
88
89
90


91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
...
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
...
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
...
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338





339
340
341
342
343


344
345
346
347

348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
...
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
...
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred: needed to get
				 * input context. */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
				 * result. */
{
    XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;



    Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
    if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
	if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) {
	    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
		    keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr);
	}
    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -2) {
	/*
	 * Special case for win2000 multi-lingal IME input. xkey.trans_chars[]
	 * already contains a UNICODE char.
	 */

	int unichar;
	char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
	int len;

	unichar = keyEv->trans_chars[1] & 0xff;
	unichar <<= 8;
	unichar |= keyEv->trans_chars[0] & 0xff;

	len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) unichar, buf);

	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) {
	/*
	 * Special case for WM_UNICHAR. xkey.trans_chars[] already contains a
	 * UTF-8 char.
	 */


	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes);
    } else {
	/*
	 * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or
	 * trans_chars members.
	 */

	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);

	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {
	    char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
	    int len;

	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	}
    }
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
 
................................................................................
KeycodeToKeysym(
    unsigned int keycode,
    int state,
    int noascii)
{
    BYTE keys[256];
    int result, deadkey, shift;
    char buf[4];
    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);

    /*
     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToAscii(). One of ToAscii()'s
     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
     * to mess that up.
     */

    if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL ||
	    keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) {
	goto skipToAscii;
    }

    /*
     * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys.
     */

    if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) {
................................................................................
    if (state & Mod3Mask) {
	keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
    }
    if (state & Mod1Mask) {
	keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
    }

    result = ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);

    if (result < 0) {
	/*
	 * Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the
	 * keyboard. Call ToAscii() again to forget it.
	 * WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered
	 * key. Calling ToAscii() again does not affect anything.
	 */

	ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    if (result == 2) {
	/*
	 * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by
	 * the keyboard. Call ToAscii() again with proper parameters to
	 * restore it.
	 *
	 * Get information about the old char
	 */

	deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]);
	shift = deadkey >> 8;
................................................................................
	}
	if (shift & 2) {
	    keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
	}
	if (shift & 4) {
	    keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
	}
	ToAscii(deadkey, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    /*
     * Keycode mapped to a valid Latin-1 character. Since the keysyms for
     * alphanumeric characters map onto Latin-1, we just return it.
     *
     * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In
     * versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X
     * Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys
     * array properly when we passed it to ToAscii, above. We had previously
     * not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that,
     * we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127
     * (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key.
     *
     * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete
     * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be
     * considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependant
     * on whether you believe that ToAscii is doing the right thing in that
     * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it
     * would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable
     * to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead
     * to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through"
     * to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this
     * event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to
     * XK_BackSpace).
     */

    if (result == 1 && UCHAR(buf[0]) >= 0x20 && UCHAR(buf[0]) != 0x7F) {
	return (KeySym) UCHAR(buf[0]);
    }

    /*
     * Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup.
     */

  skipToAscii:
    if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) {
	return NoSymbol;
    }
    switch (keycode) {
	/*
	 * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for
	 * example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between
	 * left and right, we have to query the state of one of the two to





	 * determine which was actually pressed. So if the keycode indicates
	 * Control, Shift, or Menu (the key that everybody else calls Alt), do
	 * this extra test. If the right-side key was pressed, return the
	 * appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through and rely on the
	 * keymap table to hold the correct keysym value.


	 */

    case VK_CONTROL:
	if (GetKeyState(VK_RCONTROL) & 0x80) {

	    return XK_Control_R;
	}
	break;
    case VK_SHIFT:
	if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) {
	    return XK_Shift_R;
	}
	break;
    case VK_MENU:
	if (GetKeyState(VK_RMENU) & 0x80) {
	    return XK_Alt_R;
	}
	break;
    }
    return keymap[keycode];
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
	    return;
	}
    }
    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((char) keySym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    shift = result >> 8;
	    if (shift & 1)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    if (shift & 2)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
	    if (shift & 4)
................................................................................
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
	    return ((KeyCode) i);
	}
    }
    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((char) keysym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
	}
    }

    return 0;
}







>
>







|
<
<
<
<

<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
<


>
|










<
<
<







 







|



|






|







 







|




|

|


|






|







 







|




|
|




|






|
|









|
|






|







|
>
>
>
>
>
|
<
|
|
|
>
>



<
>
|
|







|
|
|







 







|







 







|







84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100




101












102
103

104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117



118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
...
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
...
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327

328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335

336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
...
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
...
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
    TkWindow *winPtr,		/* Window where event occurred: needed to get
				 * input context. */
    XEvent *eventPtr,		/* X keyboard event. */
    Tcl_DString *dsPtr)		/* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
				 * result. */
{
    XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;
    char buf[6];
    int len;

    Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
    if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
	if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) {
	    Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
		    keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr);
	}
    } else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) {

















	/*
	 * Special case for WM_UNICHAR and win2000 multi-lingal IME input

	 */

	len = TkUniCharToUtf(keyEv->keycode, buf);
	Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
    } else {
	/*
	 * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or
	 * trans_chars members.
	 */

	KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);

	if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
		|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {



	    len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
	    Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
	}
    }
    return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
 
................................................................................
KeycodeToKeysym(
    unsigned int keycode,
    int state,
    int noascii)
{
    BYTE keys[256];
    int result, deadkey, shift;
    TCHAR buf[4];
    unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);

    /*
     * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToUnicode(). One of ToUnicode()'s
     * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
     * to mess that up.
     */

    if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL ||
	    keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) {
	goto skipToUnicode;
    }

    /*
     * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys.
     */

    if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) {
................................................................................
    if (state & Mod3Mask) {
	keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
    }
    if (state & Mod1Mask) {
	keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
    }

    result = ToUnicode(keycode, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);

    if (result < 0) {
	/*
	 * Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the
	 * keyboard. Call ToUnicode() again to forget it.
	 * WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered
	 * key. Calling ToUnicode() again does not affect anything.
	 */

	ToUnicode(keycode, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    if (result == 2) {
	/*
	 * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by
	 * the keyboard. Call ToUnicode() again with proper parameters to
	 * restore it.
	 *
	 * Get information about the old char
	 */

	deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]);
	shift = deadkey >> 8;
................................................................................
	}
	if (shift & 2) {
	    keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
	}
	if (shift & 4) {
	    keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
	}
	ToUnicode(deadkey, scancode, keys, buf, 4, 0);
	return XK_Multi_key;
    }

    /*
     * Keycode mapped to a valid Unicode character. Since the keysyms for
     * alphanumeric characters map onto Unicode, we just return it.
     *
     * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In
     * versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X
     * Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys
     * array properly when we passed it to ToUnicode, above. We had previously
     * not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that,
     * we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127
     * (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key.
     *
     * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete
     * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be
     * considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependent
     * on whether you believe that ToUnicode is doing the right thing in that
     * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it
     * would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable
     * to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead
     * to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through"
     * to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this
     * event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to
     * XK_BackSpace).
     */

    if (result == 1 && buf[0] >= 0x20 && buf[0] != 0x7F) {
	return (KeySym) buf[0];
    }

    /*
     * Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup.
     */

  skipToUnicode:
    if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) {
	return NoSymbol;
    }
    switch (keycode) {
	/*
	 * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for
	 * example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between
	 * left and right, we use the Extended flag. Indeed, the right Control
	 * and Alt (aka Menu) keys are such extended keys (which their left
	 * counterparts are not).
	 * Regarding the shift case, Windows does not set the Extended flag for
	 * the neither the left nor the right shift key. As a consequence another
	 * way to distinguish between the two keys is to query the state of one
	 * of the two to determine which was actually pressed. So if the keycode

	 * indicates Shift, do this extra test. If the right-side key was
	 * pressed, return the appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through
	 * and rely on the keymap table to hold the correct keysym value.
	 * Note: this little trick only works for KeyPress, not for KeyRelease,
	 * for reasons stated in bug [2945130]
	 */

    case VK_CONTROL:

        if (state & EXTENDED_MASK) {
            return XK_Control_R;
        }
	break;
    case VK_SHIFT:
	if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) {
	    return XK_Shift_R;
	}
	break;
    case VK_MENU:
        if (state & EXTENDED_MASK) {
            return XK_Alt_R;
        }
	break;
    }
    return keymap[keycode];
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
	    eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
	    return;
	}
    }
    if (keySym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keySym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    shift = result >> 8;
	    if (shift & 1)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
	    if (shift & 2)
		eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
	    if (shift & 4)
................................................................................
    }
    for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
	if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
	    return ((KeyCode) i);
	}
    }
    if (keysym >= 0x20) {
	result = VkKeyScan((TCHAR) keysym);
	if (result != -1) {
	    return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
	}
    }

    return 0;
}

Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.

896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
...
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
....
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
....
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
....
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
....
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
    UINT message,
    WPARAM wParam,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    LRESULT lResult;

    if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
	lResult = DefWindowProcA(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
    }
    return lResult;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
		&lResult);
	if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
	    break;
	}

    default:
	lResult = DefWindowProcA(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	break;
    }
    return lResult;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    keySym = i;

    if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey;
		CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey,
			(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		if (xkey.nbytes > 0) {
		    for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) {
			CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA,
				Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR,
				xkey.trans_chars[i],
				(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
		    | (0x111 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKeyA(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		CallWindowProcA(DefWindowProcA, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16)
			| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)));
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
................................................................................
				 * called? */
{
    char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
    HDC scratchDC;
    int bold = 0;
    int italic = 0;
    TEXTMETRICA tm;
    int pointSize;
    HFONT menuFont;
    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
    struct {
        NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;
#if (WINVER < 0x0600)
        int padding;
#endif
    } nc;
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    /*
     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
     * of options via a break statement.
     */

................................................................................

    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (!firstTime) {
	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);

    nc.metrics.cbSize = sizeof(nc);

    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
    GetVersionExW(&os);
    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
	nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
    }

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize,
	    &nc.metrics, 0);
    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont);
    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
    GetTextMetricsA(scratchDC, &tm);
    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
	bold = 1;
    }
    if (tm.tmItalic) {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system
     * parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed.
     */

    showMenuAccelerators = TRUE;
    if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
	SystemParametersInfoA(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0);
    }
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMenuInit --
 *







|







 







|







 







|
|




|
|




|
|




|


|




|










|
|




|
|




|
|





|

|







 







|



<
|
<
<
<
<







 







|




|


|
|
|

|







 







<
|
<







896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
...
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
....
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
....
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205

3206




3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
....
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
....
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292

3293

3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
    UINT message,
    WPARAM wParam,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    LRESULT lResult;

    if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
	lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
    }
    return lResult;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
................................................................................
	lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
		&lResult);
	if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
	    break;
	}

    default:
	lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	break;
    }
    return lResult;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    keySym = i;

    if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey;
		CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey,
			(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		if (xkey.nbytes > 0) {
		    for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) {
			CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc,
				Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR,
				xkey.trans_chars[i],
				(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
		    }
		}
	    }
	}
    } else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) {
	switch (keySym) {
	case XK_Alt_L:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
		    | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_Alt_R:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
		    | (0x111 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	case XK_F10:
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
	    CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
		    WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
		    (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
	    break;
	default:
	    virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
	    scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
	    if (0 != scanCode) {
		CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
			WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16)
			| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)));
	    }
	}
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}
................................................................................
				 * called? */
{
    char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
    char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
    HDC scratchDC;
    int bold = 0;
    int italic = 0;
    TEXTMETRIC tm;
    int pointSize;
    HFONT menuFont;
    /* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */

    NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;




    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    /*
     * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
     * of options via a break statement.
     */

................................................................................

    scratchDC = CreateDCA("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
    if (!firstTime) {
	Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
    }
    Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);

    metrics.cbSize = sizeof(metrics);

    os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
    GetVersionExW(&os);
    if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
	metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
    }

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, metrics.cbSize,
	    &metrics, 0);
    menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&metrics.lfMenuFont);
    SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
    GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm);
    GetTextFaceA(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
    pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
	    72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
    if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
	bold = 1;
    }
    if (tm.tmItalic) {
................................................................................

    /*
     * Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system
     * parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed.
     */

    showMenuAccelerators = TRUE;

    SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0);

}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkpMenuInit --
 *

Changes to win/tkWinTest.c.

479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
...
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
...
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
#endif

    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
	r = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    }

    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
    return r;

}
................................................................................
static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
    return TRUE;
}

static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    long hwnd;
    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
    TCHAR buf[512];
    int cch, cchBuf = 256;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    cch = GetClassName(INT2PTR(hwnd), buf, cchBuf);
    if (cch == 0) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	Tcl_DString ds;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
................................................................................
	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }

    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
	Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLongA(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID)));

    cch = GetWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);
    textObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPCWSTR)buf, cch);

    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
	Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent((INT2PTR(hwnd))))));

    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
static int







|







 







|










|










|


|







 







|

|




|


|







479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
...
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
...
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
#endif

    if (hwnd == NULL) {
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
	r = TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
        Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj((size_t)hwnd));
    }

    Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
    Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
    return r;

}
................................................................................
static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
    HWND hwnd,
    LPARAM lParam)
{
    Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;

    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewWideIntObj((size_t)hwnd));
    return TRUE;
}

static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
    ClientData clientData,
    Tcl_Interp *interp,
    int objc,
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Tcl_WideInt hwnd;
    Tcl_Obj *dictObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
    Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
    TCHAR buf[512];
    int cch, cchBuf = 256;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (Tcl_GetWideIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
	return TCL_ERROR;

    cch = GetClassName((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, buf, cchBuf);
    if (cch == 0) {
    	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to get class name: ", -1));
    	AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
    	return TCL_ERROR;
    } else {
	Tcl_DString ds;
	Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &ds);
................................................................................
	classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
	Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    }

    dictObj = Tcl_NewDictObj();
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", 5), classObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", 2),
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj(GetWindowLongPtr((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, GWL_ID)));

    cch = GetWindowText((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);
    textObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPCWSTR)buf, cch);

    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", 4), textObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", 6),
	Tcl_NewWideIntObj((size_t)(GetParent((HWND)(size_t)hwnd))));

    childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
    EnumChildWindows((HWND)(size_t)hwnd, EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
    Tcl_DictObjPut(interp, dictObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1), childrenObj);

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, dictObj);
    return TCL_OK;
}
 
static int

Changes to win/tkWinWindow.c.

586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
...
610
611
612
613
614
615
616












617
618
619
620
621
622
623
...
745
746
747
748
749
750
751



























752
753
754
755
756
757
758
	    (int)height, TRUE);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XRaiseWindow --
 *
 *	Change the stacking order of a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
{
    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);

    display->request++;
    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
    return Success;
}












 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XConfigureWindow --
 *
 *	Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified
................................................................................
    XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
{
    if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
	XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
    }
    return Success;
}



























 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinSetWindowPos --
 *
 *	Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or







|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
...
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
...
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
	    (int)height, TRUE);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XRaiseWindow, XLowerWindow --
 *
 *	Change the stacking order of a window.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
................................................................................
{
    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);

    display->request++;
    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
    return Success;
}

int
XLowerWindow(
    Display *display,
    Window w)
{
    HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);

    display->request++;
    SetWindowPos(window, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XConfigureWindow --
 *
 *	Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified
................................................................................
    XSetWindowAttributes* attributes)
{
    if (valueMask & CWCursor) {
	XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor);
    }
    return Success;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XReparentWindow --
 *
 *	TODO: currently placeholder to satisfy Xlib stubs.
 *
 * Results:
 *	None.
 *
 * Side effects:
 *	TODO.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

int
XReparentWindow(
    Display *display,
    Window w,
    Window parent,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    return BadWindow;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkWinSetWindowPos --
 *
 *	Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or

Changes to win/tkWinX.c.

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
..
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
...
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
...
907
908
909
910
911
912
913











914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
....
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150

1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
....
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
















1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206

1207
1208
1209
1210

1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
....
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
....
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355

1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
....
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
....
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537

1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
....
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596








1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"

/*
 * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by
 * default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in
 * commctrl.h.
 */

#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0550 /* IE 5.5 */
#endif

#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif

/*
................................................................................
 * specific date for threads.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
				 * screen. */
    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */

} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
 */

static void		GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static unsigned int	GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void 		GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey);
static void		UpdateInputLanguage(int charset);
static int		HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam);
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetServerInfo --
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
				 * display and server. */
{
    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    if (!buffer[0]) {
	HANDLE handle = LoadLibraryW(L"NTDLL");
	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
	    GetVersionExW(&os);
	}
	if (handle) {
	    FreeLibrary(handle);
	}
	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
	sprintf(buffer+1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
		(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
#ifdef _WIN64
		"Win64"
#else
		"Win32"
................................................................................
    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
	Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
	return 1;












    case WM_CLOSE:
    case WM_SETFOCUS:
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
    case WM_UNICHAR:
    case WM_CHAR:
    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
    case WM_SYSKEYUP:
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
    case WM_KEYUP:
    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	return 1;
    case WM_MENUCHAR:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);

................................................................................
	     * that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the
	     * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call.
	     */

	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
	    GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey);

	    break;

	case WM_SYSKEYUP:
	case WM_KEYUP:
	    /*
	     * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk
	     * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the
................................................................................
	     * 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm typing"
	     *    character.
	     */

	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.keycode = 0;
















	    event.xkey.nbytes = 1;
	    event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam;

	    if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) {
		MSG msg;

		if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)

			&& (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) {
		    GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0);
		    event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
		    event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam;

		}
	    }
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    break;

	case WM_UNICHAR: {
	    char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX+1];
	    int i;
	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -3;
	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((int)wParam, buffer);
	    for (i=0; i<event.xkey.nbytes && i<TCL_UTF_MAX; ++i) {
		event.xkey.trans_chars[i] = buffer[i];
	    }
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    break;
	}

	}
	break;
................................................................................
	}
	if (prevState) {
	    state |= mask;
	} else {
	    state &= ~mask;
	}
	if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) {
	    if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) {
		state |= EXTENDED_MASK;
	    } else {
		state &= ~EXTENDED_MASK;
	    }
	}
    }
    return state;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 *	queue.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
GetTranslatedKey(
    XKeyEvent *xkey)

{
    MSG msg;

    xkey->nbytes = 0;

    while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars)
	    && PeekMessageA(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)) {
	if ((msg.message != WM_CHAR) && (msg.message != WM_SYSCHAR)) {
	    break;
	}

	GetMessageA(&msg, NULL, 0, 0);

	/*
	 * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the
	 * Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this
	 * for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an
	 * Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys).
	 */
................................................................................
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * HandleIMEComposition --
 *
 *	This function works around a definciency in some versions of Windows
 *	2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all
 *	versions of Windows 2000.
 *
 *	When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to
 *	an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the
 *	GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000
 *	arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to
................................................................................
static int
HandleIMEComposition(
    HWND hwnd,			/* Window receiving the message. */
    LPARAM lParam)		/* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
{
    HIMC hIMC;
    int n;


    if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) {
	/*
	 * Composition is not finished yet.
	 */

	return 0;
................................................................................
    if (!hIMC) {
	return 0;
    }

    n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);

    if (n > 0) {
	char *buff = ckalloc(n);
	TkWindow *winPtr;
	XEvent event;
	int i;

	n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n);

	/*
	 * Set up the fields pertinent to key event.
	 *
	 * We set send_event to the special value of -2, so that TkpGetString
	 * in tkWinKey.c knows that trans_chars[] already contains a UNICODE
	 * char and there's no need to do encoding conversion.
	 *
	 * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning
	 * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129]
	 */

	winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
	event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
	event.xkey.send_event = -2;
	event.xkey.display = winPtr->display;
	event.xkey.window = winPtr->window;
	event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
	event.xkey.subwindow = None;
	event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
	event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
	event.xkey.same_screen = True;
	event.xkey.keycode = 0;
	event.xkey.nbytes = 2;

	for (i=0; i<n; ) {
	    /*
	     * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each
	     * UNICODE character in the composition.
	     */

	    event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) buff[i++];
	    event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) buff[i++];









	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}








<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







>










|







 







|






<
<
<







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






<

<







 







|
>







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
|
|

|
|

|
>
|
|
|
|
>







<
<



|
<
<
<







 







<
|
<
<
<







 







|
>






|
|



|







 







|







 







>







 







|




|




|
|










|







<
<







|
<

>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







9
10
11
12
13
14
15










16
17
18
19
20
21
22
..
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
...
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124



125
126
127
128
129
130
131
...
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918

919

920
921
922
923
924
925
926
....
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
....
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233


1234
1235
1236
1237



1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
....
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334

1335



1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
....
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
....
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
....
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
....
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593


1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601

1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
 *
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include "tkWinInt.h"











#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#   pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
#   pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif

/*
................................................................................
 * specific date for threads.
 */

typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
    TkDisplay *winDisplay;	/* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
				 * screen. */
    int updatingClipboard;	/* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
    int surrogateBuffer;	/* Buffer for first of surrogate pair. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;

/*
 * Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
 */

static void		GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
			    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static unsigned int	GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void 		GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey, UINT type);
static void		UpdateInputLanguage(int charset);
static int		HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam);
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * TkGetServerInfo --
................................................................................
    Tk_Window tkwin)		/* Token for window; this selects a particular
				 * display and server. */
{
    static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
    OSVERSIONINFOW os;

    if (!buffer[0]) {
	HANDLE handle = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("NTDLL"));
	int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
		(int(__stdcall *)(void *))GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
	os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
	if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
	    GetVersionExW(&os);
	}



	/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
	sprintf(buffer+1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
		(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
#ifdef _WIN64
		"Win64"
#else
		"Win32"
................................................................................
    case WM_LBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MBUTTONUP:
    case WM_RBUTTONUP:
    case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
	Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
	return 1;

    case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
    case WM_KEYDOWN:
	if (wParam == VK_PACKET) {
	    /*
	     * This will trigger WM_CHAR event(s) with unicode data.
	     */
	    *resultPtr =
		PostMessageW(hwnd, message, HIWORD(lParam), LOWORD(lParam));
	    return 1;
	}
	/* else fall through */
    case WM_CLOSE:
    case WM_SETFOCUS:
    case WM_KILLFOCUS:
    case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
    case WM_UNICHAR:
    case WM_CHAR:

    case WM_SYSKEYUP:

    case WM_KEYUP:
    case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
	return 1;
    case WM_MENUCHAR:
	GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);

................................................................................
	     * that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the
	     * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call.
	     */

	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
	    GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey, (message == WM_KEYDOWN) ? WM_CHAR :
	            WM_SYSCHAR);
	    break;

	case WM_SYSKEYUP:
	case WM_KEYUP:
	    /*
	     * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk
	     * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the
................................................................................
	     * 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm typing"
	     *    character.
	     */

	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -1;
	    event.xkey.keycode = 0;
	    if ((int)wParam & 0xff00) {
		int ch1 = wParam & 0xffff;

		if ((ch1 & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
		    tsdPtr->surrogateBuffer = ch1;
		    return;
		}
		if ((ch1 & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
		    ch1 = ((tsdPtr->surrogateBuffer & 0x3ff) << 10) |
			    (ch1 & 0x3ff) | 0x10000;
		    tsdPtr->surrogateBuffer = 0;
		}
		event.xany.send_event = -3;
		event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
		event.xkey.keycode = ch1;
	    } else {
		event.xkey.nbytes = 1;
		event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam;

		if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) {
		    MSG msg;

		    if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR,
		            PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)
			    && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) {
			GetMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR);
			event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
			event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam;
		   }
		}
	    }
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    break;

	case WM_UNICHAR: {


	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    event.xany.send_event = -3;
	    event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
	    event.xkey.nbytes = 0;



	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    break;
	}

	}
	break;
................................................................................
	}
	if (prevState) {
	    state |= mask;
	} else {
	    state &= ~mask;
	}
	if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) {

	    state |= EXTENDED_MASK;



	}
    }
    return state;
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
 *	queue.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

static void
GetTranslatedKey(
    XKeyEvent *xkey,
    UINT type)
{
    MSG msg;

    xkey->nbytes = 0;

    while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars)
	    && (PeekMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)) {
	if (msg.message != type) {
	    break;
	}

	GetMessageA(&msg, NULL, type, type);

	/*
	 * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the
	 * Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this
	 * for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an
	 * Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys).
	 */
................................................................................
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * HandleIMEComposition --
 *
 *	This function works around a deficiency in some versions of Windows
 *	2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all
 *	versions of Windows 2000.
 *
 *	When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to
 *	an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the
 *	GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000
 *	arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to
................................................................................
static int
HandleIMEComposition(
    HWND hwnd,			/* Window receiving the message. */
    LPARAM lParam)		/* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
{
    HIMC hIMC;
    int n;
    int high = 0;

    if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) {
	/*
	 * Composition is not finished yet.
	 */

	return 0;
................................................................................
    if (!hIMC) {
	return 0;
    }

    n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);

    if (n > 0) {
	WCHAR *buff = (WCHAR *) ckalloc(n);
	TkWindow *winPtr;
	XEvent event;
	int i;

	n = ImmGetCompositionString(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, (unsigned) n) / 2;

	/*
	 * Set up the fields pertinent to key event.
	 *
	 * We set send_event to the special value of -3, so that TkpGetString
	 * in tkWinKey.c knows that keycode already contains a UNICODE
	 * char and there's no need to do encoding conversion.
	 *
	 * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning
	 * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129]
	 */

	winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);

	memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
	event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
	event.xkey.send_event = -3;
	event.xkey.display = winPtr->display;
	event.xkey.window = winPtr->window;
	event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
	event.xkey.subwindow = None;
	event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
	event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
	event.xkey.same_screen = True;



	for (i=0; i<n; ) {
	    /*
	     * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each
	     * UNICODE character in the composition.
	     */

	    event.xkey.keycode = buff[i++];


	    if ((event.xkey.keycode & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) {
		high = ((event.xkey.keycode & 0x3ff) << 10) + 0x10000;
		break;
	    } else if (high && (event.xkey.keycode & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) {
		event.xkey.keycode &= 0x3ff;
		event.xkey.keycode += high;
		high = 0;
	    }
	    event.type = KeyPress;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);

	    event.type = KeyRelease;
	    Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
	}

Changes to win/ttkWinXPTheme.c.

11
12
13
14
15
16
17

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
...
204
205
206
207
208
209
210


211
212
213
214
215
216
217
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
 *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
 */


#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */
#include <tkWinInt.h>
int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else

#define WINVER 0x0501	/* Requires Windows XP APIs */

#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
#   include <vssym32.h>
#else
#   include <tmschema.h>
#endif

#include <tkWinInt.h>

#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"

typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
................................................................................
};

/*
 * Radiobuttons:
 */
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
{


{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},







>


<



<
<








<
<







 







>
>







11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

21
22
23


24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31


32
33
34
35
36
37
38
...
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
 *
 * See also:
 *
 * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
 *  	shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
 */

#include <tkWinInt.h>
#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */

int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else



#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
#   include <vssym32.h>
#else
#   include <tmschema.h>
#endif



#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"

typedef HTHEME  (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
		 LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
                 HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect,
................................................................................
};

/*
 * Radiobuttons:
 */
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
{
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL,	TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED,	TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED,	TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT,	TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},

Changes to xlib/xgc.c.

516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547


548

549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559

560
561
562
563
564
565
566
    int y,
    _Xconst char *string,
    int length)
{
}
#endif

void
XDrawPoint(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x, y, x, y);
}

void
XDrawPoints(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint *points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)
{
    int i;

    for (i=0; i<npoints; i++) {
	XDrawLine(display, d, gc,
		points[i].x, points[i].y, points[i].x, points[i].y);


    }

}

#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
void
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{

}
#endif

#if 0
char *
XFetchBuffer(
    Display *display,







|







|


|








|

|
|
|
>
>

>



|







>







516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
    int y,
    _Xconst char *string,
    int length)
{
}
#endif

int
XDrawPoint(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    int x,
    int y)
{
    return XDrawLine(display, d, gc, x, y, x, y);
}

int
XDrawPoints(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XPoint *points,
    int npoints,
    int mode)
{
    int res = Success;

    while (npoints-- > 0) {
	res = XDrawLine(display, d, gc,
		points[0].x, points[0].y, points[0].x, points[0].y);
	if (res != Success) break;
	++points;
    }
    return res;
}

#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
int
XDrawSegments(
    Display *display,
    Drawable d,
    GC gc,
    XSegment *segments,
    int nsegments)
{
    return Success;
}
#endif

#if 0
char *
XFetchBuffer(
    Display *display,

Changes to xlib/xutil.c.

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <tk.h>


#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XInternAtom --







>







8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
 * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
 * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
 */

#include <stdlib.h>
#include <tk.h>

#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * XInternAtom --